burl-10k_20160130.htm

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016

OR

¨

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission File Number 001-36107

 

 

BURLINGTON STORES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware

 

80-0895227

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

 

 

2006 Route 130 North

Burlington, New Jersey

 

08016

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

(Zip Code)

(609) 387-7800

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

 

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  x    No    ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

x

 

Accelerated filer

 

o

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Accelerated filer

 

o   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Smaller reporting company

 

o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on July 31, 2015, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was $4,065,651,679. The aggregate market value was computed by reference to the closing price of the Common Stock on such date.

As of February 27, 2016, 72,072,840 shares of common stock of the registrant were outstanding.

 

Documents Incorporated By Reference:

Certain provisions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement in connection with its 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed within 120 days of the close of the registrant’s 2015 fiscal year, are incorporated by reference in Part III hereof.

 

 

 

 


 

BURLINGTON STORES, INC.

INDEX TO REPORT ON FORM 10-K

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JANUARY 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

PAGE

PART I.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

 

Business

 

1

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

 

5

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

 

16

Item 2.

 

Properties

 

16

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

17

Item 4.

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

PART II.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

18

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

 

20

Item 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

22

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

41

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

43

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

86

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

 

86

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

 

88

 

 

 

 

 

PART III.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

88

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

 

88

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

88

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

88

Item 14.

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

88

 

 

 

 

 

PART IV.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 15.

 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

89

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

95

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

96

 

 

 

 


 

PART I

Item 1.

Business

Overview

We are a nationally recognized retailer of high-quality, branded apparel at everyday low prices. We opened our first store in Burlington, New Jersey in 1972, selling primarily coats and outerwear. Since then, we have expanded our store base to 567 stores as of January 30, 2016, inclusive of an internet store, in 45 states and Puerto Rico, and diversified our product categories by offering an extensive selection of in-season, fashion-focused merchandise, including: women’s ready-to-wear apparel, menswear, youth apparel, baby, footwear, accessories, home and coats. We sell a broad selection of desirable, first-quality, current-brand, labeled merchandise acquired directly from nationally recognized manufacturers and other suppliers. For the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016, we generated total revenue of $5,129.8 million and net sales of $5,098.9 million, and earned net income, Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EBITDA (as subsequently defined in this Form 10-K) of $150.5 million, $174.6 million and $484.0 million, respectively.

As used in this Annual Report, the terms “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our” refer to Burlington Stores, Inc. and all its subsidiaries. We were organized in 2013 under the name Burlington Holdings, Inc. and currently exist as a Delaware corporation. Our indirect subsidiary, Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation (BCFWC), was initially organized in 1972 as a New Jersey corporation, was reincorporated in 1983 in Delaware when the company originally became a public company and currently exists as a Delaware corporation. BCFWC became a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. in connection with the acquisition of BCFWC in April 2006 by affiliates of Bain Capital Partners, LLC (along with its associated investment funds, or any successor to its investment management business, Bain Capital) in a take private transaction (the Merger Transaction) and became an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of ours on February 14, 2013 in connection with our corporate reorganization. We completed an initial public offering of our common stock in October 2013.  

Fiscal Year End

We define our fiscal year as the 52 or 53 week period ending on the Saturday closest to January 31. This is an annual report for the 52 week fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 (Fiscal 2015). The fiscal years ended January 31, 2015 (Fiscal 2014) and February 1, 2014 (Fiscal 2013) also consisted of 52 weeks.

Our Stores

As of January 30, 2016, we operated 567 stores, inclusive of an internet store. Over 98% of our net sales are derived from stores we operate as Burlington stores (Burlington Stores). We believe that our customers are attracted to our stores principally by the availability of a large assortment of first-quality current brand-name merchandise at everyday low prices.

Burlington Stores offer customers a complete line of value-priced apparel, including: ladies sportswear, menswear, coats, family footwear and youth apparel as well as baby furniture, accessories, home décor and gifts. We continue to emphasize our rich heritage of coats and outerwear and we believe that we are viewed as the destination for coat shoppers. Our broad selection provides a wide range of apparel, accessories and furnishing for all ages. We purchase both pre-season and in-season merchandise, allowing us to respond timely to changing market conditions and consumer fashion preferences. Furthermore, we believe Burlington Stores’ substantial selection of staple, destination products attracts customers from beyond our local trade areas. We believe these products drive incremental store-traffic and differentiate us from our competitors.

In some of our stores, we grant unaffiliated third parties the right to use designated store space solely for the purpose of selling such third parties’ goods, primarily fragrances. During Fiscal 2015, our rental income from all such arrangements aggregated less than 1% of our total revenues. We do not own or have any rights to any trademarks, licenses or other intellectual property used in connection with the brands sold by such unaffiliated third parties. During Fiscal 2015, we began the conversion our fragrance business, which was previously operated under a licensing arrangement, to an owned category, and such sales are recorded in the line item “Net sales” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.  By the end of the first quarter of Fiscal 2016, we expect fragrances will be exclusively an owned business.

We believe the breadth of our selection and our ability to successfully operate in stores of varying square footage represent a competitive advantage. Our average store size is approximately 77,000 square feet. We believe that as we continue to reduce our comparable store inventory, we will be able to reduce the square footage of our stores while continuing to maintain our broad assortment. As a result, we believe major landlords seek us as a tenant because the appeal of our apparel merchandise profile attracts a desired customer base.

1


 

Our store base is geographically diversified with stores located in 45 states and Puerto Rico.

 

State

 

Number of Stores

 

 

State

 

Number of Stores

 

 

State

 

Number of Stores

AK

 

2

 

 

LA

 

9

 

 

NY

 

36

AL

 

7

 

 

MA

 

14

 

 

OH

 

21

AR

 

5

 

 

MD

 

16

 

 

OK

 

3

AZ

 

9

 

 

ME

 

2

 

 

OR

 

4

CA

 

63

 

 

MI

 

17

 

 

PA

 

31

CO

 

6

 

 

MN

 

7

 

 

PR

 

12

CT

 

10

 

 

MO

 

7

 

 

RI

 

4

DE

 

2

 

 

MS

 

2

 

 

SC

 

5

FL

 

39

 

 

NC

 

13

 

 

SD

 

1

GA

 

15

 

 

ND

 

1

 

 

TN

 

7

IA

 

2

 

 

NE

 

1

 

 

TX

 

57

ID

 

2

 

 

NH

 

3

 

 

UT

 

3

IL

 

31

 

 

NJ

 

31

 

 

VA

 

17

IN

 

12

 

 

NM

 

2

 

 

WA

 

11

KS

 

6

 

 

NV

 

5

 

 

WI

 

9

KY

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Our store sales area is organized by merchandise category with flexibility to quickly expand or contract category offerings in response to changes in consumer preferences. Our typical store features open sight lines, bright overhead lighting and clear signage to promote easy navigation through the store. We highlight the best brands and freshest product in four way fixtures along the aisles with additional merchandise arranged by size in H-racks. We believe our clean, organized merchandise presentation highlights the brands, value, selection and sizing within assortments and promotes a self-service, treasure hunt experience for our customers.

Our store managers are accountable for the sales and profitability of their stores. The store leadership team is comprised of managers and assistant managers. The stores are led by their regional team, consisting of a regional vice president and regional managers in operations, human resources and loss prevention. The regional vice president sets the priorities for the team and ensures the stores are supported in their overall mission to grow sales and profitability.

Store Expansion and Real Estate Strategy

We continue to explore expansion opportunities both within our current market areas and in other regions. We believe that our ability to find satisfactory locations for our stores is essential for the continued growth of our business. The opening of stores generally is contingent upon a number of factors including, but not limited to, the availability of desirable locations with suitable structures and the negotiation of acceptable lease terms. There can be no assurance, however, that we will be able to find suitable locations for new stores or that even if such locations are found and acceptable lease terms are obtained, we will be able to open the number of new stores presently planned.

We have a proven track record of new store expansion. Our store base has grown from 13 stores in 1980 to 567 stores, inclusive of an internet store, as of January 30, 2016. Assuming that appropriate locations are identified, we believe that we will be able to execute our growth strategy without significantly impacting our current stores. We have identified numerous market opportunities that we believe will allow us to reach 1,000 stores over the long-term.  The table below shows our store openings and closings since the beginning of Fiscal 2013.

 

 

 

As of

February 1,

2014

 

 

As of

January 31,

2015

 

 

As of

January 30,

2016

 

Stores (beginning of period)

 

 

500

 

 

 

521

 

 

 

542

 

Stores opened

 

 

23

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

28

 

Stores closed

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(3

)

Stores (end of period)

 

 

521

 

 

 

542

 

 

 

567

 

 

2


 

Distribution and Warehousing

We have four distribution centers that ship approximately 93% of merchandise units to our stores. The remaining 7% of merchandise units are drop shipped from our vendors directly to our stores. Our two east coast distribution centers are located in Edgewater Park, New Jersey and Burlington, New Jersey. Our two west coast distribution centers are located in San Bernardino, California, and Redlands, California. These four distribution centers occupy an aggregate of 2,786,000 square feet and each includes processing, shipping and storage capabilities.

In addition, we operate three warehousing facilities to support our distribution centers. The east coast has two supporting warehouses in Burlington, New Jersey and in Florence, New Jersey. The west coast has one supporting warehouse in Redlands, California. These three warehousing facilities occupy an aggregate of 1,056,000 square feet and primarily serve as storage facilities.

 

 

 

Calendar

Year

Operational

 

 

Size

(sq. feet)

 

 

Leased

or

Owned

Primary Distribution Centers:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Edgewater Park, New Jersey

 

 

2004

 

 

 

648,000

 

 

Owned

Burlington, New Jersey (Daniels Way)

 

 

2014

 

 

 

678,000

 

 

Leased

San Bernardino, California

 

 

2006

 

 

 

660,000

 

 

Leased

Redlands, California (Pioneer Ave)

 

 

2014

 

 

 

800,000

 

 

Leased

Warehousing Facilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Burlington, New Jersey (Route 130 North)

 

 

1987

 

 

 

402,000

 

 

Owned

Florence, New Jersey

 

 

2013

 

 

 

208,000

 

 

Leased

Redlands, California (Palmetto Ave)

 

 

2015

 

 

 

446,000

 

 

Leased

Customer Service

We are committed to providing our customers with an enjoyable shopping experience and strive to make continuous efforts to improve customer service. In training our employees, our goal is to emphasize knowledgeable, friendly customer service and a sense of professional pride. We offer our customers special services to enhance the convenience of their shopping experience, such as professional tailors, a baby gift registry and layaways.

We have empowered our store teams to provide an outstanding customer experience for every customer in every store, every day. We have streamlined processes and will continue to strive to create opportunities for fast and effective customer interactions. Our stores must reflect clean, organized merchandise presentations that highlight the brands, value, and diversity of selection within our assortments.

Our Off-Price Sourcing and Merchandising Model

Our “open to buy” off-price model enables us to provide our customers with products that are nationally branded, fashionable, high quality and priced right. We have an experienced team of General Merchandise Managers, Divisional Merchandise Managers and buyers focused on improving comparable store inventory turnover, inventory age and freshness of merchandise. We purchase merchandise from many suppliers, none of which accounted for more than 2% of our net purchases during Fiscal 2015. We have no long-term purchase commitments or arrangements with any of our suppliers, and believe that we are not dependent on any one supplier. We continue to have good working relationships with our suppliers.

We have designed our merchant organization so that buyers focus primarily on buying, planners focus primarily on planning, and information systems help inform data-driven decisions for both groups. Buyers are in the market each week and focus on purchasing great products for great value. We seek to purchase a majority of our merchandise in-season. Buyers spend time interacting face-to-face with new and existing vendors and on continuously evaluating trends in the market to which we believe our customers would respond positively. Our buyers use a merchant scorecard that rates products across four key attributes—fashion, quality, brand and price—to help formalize a framework for buying decisions.

3


 

Our merchandising model allows us to provide our customers with a wide breadth of product categories. Sales percentage by major product category is as follows:

 

Category

 

Fiscal 2015

 

 

Fiscal 2014

 

 

Fiscal 2013

 

Women’s Ready-to-Wear Apparel

 

 

24

%

 

 

24

%

 

 

24

%

Accessories and Footwear

 

 

22

%

 

 

22

%

 

 

21

%

Menswear

 

 

21

%

 

 

20

%

 

 

19

%

Youth Apparel/Baby

 

 

16

%

 

 

18

%

 

 

20

%

Home

 

 

11

%

 

 

9

%

 

 

8

%

Coats

 

 

6

%

 

 

7

%

 

 

8

%

 

E-Commerce

We employ an e-commerce strategy currently focused on increasing awareness of the breadth of our merchandise selection, great brands and values, as well as driving traffic to our stores and selling merchandise directly from our website. We execute our strategy through our website and through social media platforms such as Facebook, Twitter and Pinterest. In Fall 2013, we re-launched our website with a significantly upgraded user experience – including improved navigation, shopping functionality and a more modern layout to increase site traffic and conversion rates. This re-launch also included an expansion of the online merchandise assortment to include additional items across women’s ready-to-wear apparel, menswear, youth apparel, baby, accessories, home and coats. As a part of this re-launch, we also updated the cross-channel Baby Registry currently serving our Baby Depot customers.

Customer Demographic

Our core customer is the 25-49 year-old woman. The core customer is educated, resides in mid- to large-sized metropolitan areas and is a brand conscious fashion enthusiast. This customer shops for herself, her family, and her home. We appeal to value seeking and fashion conscious customers who are price-driven but enjoy the style and fit of high-quality, branded merchandise.

Marketing and Advertising

We use a variety of broad-based and targeted marketing strategies to efficiently deliver the right message to the targeted audience at the right time. These strategies include national television, direct mail, email, digital marketing, local radio and out-of-home communications. Our broad television broadcast communication and reach is balanced with relevant customer contacts to increase frequency of store visits.

Management Information Systems and Processes

We utilize a combination of primarily industry-standard third party and internally developed information technology and system solutions across our business functions. We continually evaluate and implement business system technology and solutions that enhance the consistency of our execution and improve the scalability of business system functions across a growing store base. We utilize a testing methodology which allows us to evaluate new initiatives across our entire organization and make data-driven decisions that support growth and minimize costs. To date, we have performed tests in store operations, merchandise presentation, advertising and marketing, among other areas.

Competition

The U.S. retail apparel and home furnishings markets are highly fragmented and competitive. We compete for business with department stores, off-price retailers, specialty stores, discount stores, wholesale clubs, and outlet stores. At various times throughout the year, traditional full-price department store chains and specialty shops offer brand-name merchandise at substantial markdowns, which can result in prices approximating those offered by us at our Burlington Stores.

Seasonality

Our business, like that of most retailers, is subject to seasonal influences, with the major portion of sales and income typically realized during the back-to-school and holiday seasons (September through January). Weather is also a contributing factor to the sale of our clothing. Generally, our sales are higher if the weather is cold during the Fall and warm during the early Spring.

4


 

Trademarks

We own the trademarks, service marks and tradenames that we use in connection with the operation of our business. Our trademarks include “Burlington Stores,” “BCF,” “Burlington,” “Burlington Coat Factory,” “Cohoes,” “Luxury Linens,” “MJM Designer Shoes,” and “Baby Depot.” We consider these trademarks and the accompanying name recognition to be valuable to our business. We believe that our rights to these properties are adequately protected. Our rights in these trademarks endure for as long as they are used.

Employees

As of January 30, 2016, we employed approximately 37,500 people, including part-time and seasonal employees. Our staffing requirements fluctuate during the year as a result of the seasonality of our business. We hire additional employees and increase the hours of part-time employees during seasonal peak selling periods. As of January 30, 2016, employees at two of our stores were subject to collective bargaining agreements.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act). Therefore, we file reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Copies of such reports, proxy statements, and other information may be obtained by visiting the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549 or by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

You can access financial and other information about us in the Investors Relations section of our website, which can be accessed at www.burlingtonstores.com. We make available through our website, free of charge, copies of our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed with or furnished to the SEC under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after electronically filing or furnishing such material to the SEC. The information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is therefore not incorporate by reference. The reference to our website address is intended to be an inactive textual reference only.

 

 

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report contains forward-looking statements that are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about us, the industry in which we operate and other matters, as well as management’s beliefs and assumptions and other statements regarding matters that are not historical facts. For example, when we use words such as “projects,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “should,” “would,” “could,” “will,” “opportunity,” “potential” or “may,” variations of such words or other words that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes, we are making forward looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 (Securities Act) and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. Our forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties. Such statements may include but are not limited to, proposed store openings and closings, proposed capital expenditures, projected financing requirements, proposed developmental projects, projected sales and earnings, our ability to maintain selling margins, and the effect of the adoption of recent accounting pronouncements on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows. Actual events or results may differ materially from the results anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of a variety of factors. While it is impossible to identify all such factors, factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those estimated by us include: general economic conditions; competitive factors, including pricing and promotional activities of major competitors; our ability to successfully implement one or more of our strategic initiatives; the availability of desirable store locations on suitable terms; changing consumer preferences and demand; industry trends, including changes in buying, inventory and other business practices by customers; competitive factors, including pricing and promotional activities of major competitors; the availability, selection and purchasing of attractive merchandise on favorable terms; import risks; weather patterns, including, among other things, changes in year-over-year temperatures; our future profitability; our ability to control costs and expenses; unforeseen computer related problems; any unforeseen material loss or casualty; the effect of inflation; an increase in competition within the markets in which we compete; regulatory changes; changes in general and/or regional economic conditions; our relationships with employees; the impact of current and future laws; terrorist attacks, particularly attacks on or within markets in which we operate; natural and man-made disasters, including but not limited to fire, snow and ice storms, flood, hail, hurricanes and earthquakes; our substantial level of indebtedness and related debt-service obligations; restrictions imposed by covenants in our debt agreements; availability of adequate financing; our dependence on vendors for our

5


 

merchandise; domestic events affecting the delivery of merchandise to our stores; existence of adverse litigation and risks; and each of the factors discussed in this Item 1A, Risk Factors as well as risks discussed elsewhere in this report. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. In addition, as a result of these and other factors, our past financial performance should not be relied on as an indication of future performance. The cautionary statements referred to in this section also should be considered in connection with any subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements that may be issued by us or persons acting on our behalf. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. In light of these risks and uncertainties, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this report might not occur. Furthermore, we cannot guarantee future results, events, levels of activity, performance or achievements.

Set forth below are certain important risks and uncertainties that could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition and cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in forward-looking statements made by us. Although we believe that we have identified and discussed below the key risk factors affecting our business, there may be additional risks and uncertainties that are not presently known or that are not currently believed to be significant that may adversely affect our performance or financial condition. More detailed information regarding certain risk factors described below is contained in other sections of this report.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Substantial Indebtedness

 

General economic conditions and consumer spending affect our business.

 

Consumer spending habits, including spending for the merchandise that we sell, are affected by, among other things, prevailing global economic conditions, inflation, levels of employment, salaries and wage rates, prevailing interest rates, housing costs, energy costs, commodities pricing, income tax rates and policies, consumer confidence and consumer perception of economic conditions. In addition, consumer purchasing patterns may be influenced by consumers’ disposable income, credit availability and debt levels. An incremental slowdown in the U.S. economy, an uncertain global economic outlook or an expanded credit crisis could adversely affect consumer spending habits resulting in lower net sales and profits than expected on a quarterly or annual basis. Consumer confidence is also affected by the domestic and international political situation. Our financial condition and operations could be impacted by changes in government regulations in areas including, but not limited to, taxes and healthcare. The outbreak or escalation of war, or the occurrence of terrorist acts or other hostilities in or affecting the U.S. could lead to a decrease in spending by consumers. In addition, natural disasters, industrial accidents and acts of war in various parts of the world could have the effect of disrupting supplies and raising prices globally which, in turn, may have adverse effects on the world and U.S. economies and lead to a downturn in consumer confidence and spending.

 

We face increased competition from other retailers that could adversely affect our business.

 

The retail sector is highly competitive, and retailers are constantly adjusting their business model, promotional activity and pricing strategies in response to changing conditions. We compete on the basis of a combination of factors, including among others, price, breadth, quality and style of merchandise offered, in-store experience, level of customer service, ability to identify and respond to new and emerging fashion trends, brand image and scalability. We compete with a wide variety of large and small retailers for customers, vendors, suitable store locations and personnel. In order to increase traffic and drive consumer spending in the economic environment of the past several years, competitors, including department stores, mass merchants and specialty apparel stores, have been offering brand-name merchandise at substantial markdowns. Continuation of this trend, or the possible effect on consumer buying patterns that improving economic conditions could have, may cause consumer demand to shift from off-price retailers to other retail categories, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  

 

Certain traditional, full-price retail chains have developed off-price concepts, which may directly compete with our business. Our competitors, including such retail chains, may seek to emulate facets of our business strategy, which could result in a reduction of any competitive advantage or special appeal that we might possess.  In addition, most of our products are sold to us on a non-exclusive basis. As a result, our current and future competitors may be able to duplicate or improve on some or all of our product offerings that we believe are important in differentiating our stores. If our competitors were to duplicate or improve on some or all of our in-store experience or product offerings, obtaining the products we sell may become increasingly difficult, competition for customers may increase, and our competitive position and our business could suffer.

 

Our ability to compete with other retailers and to meet our customer expectations may also suffer if we are unable to maintain an effective online presence or successfully execute our e-commerce platform.  Our e-commerce operating margins are impacted by a variety of factors including, but not limited to, costs to pick and ship merchandise to our customers and investments to provide the infrastructure necessary to expand our e-commerce strategy.  

6


 

 

If we are unable to continue to meet changes in the competitive environment and to positively differentiate ourselves from our competitors, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

The market for prime real estate is competitive, and our growth strategy includes the addition of 25 net new stores each year. We may not be able to implement this strategy successfully, on a timely basis, or at all.

 

Our growth largely depends on our ability to successfully open and operate new stores, as well as to expand our distribution capabilities in order to support that growth.  We intend to continue to open new stores in future years, while refreshing, remodeling or relocating a portion of our existing store base annually. The success of these strategies is dependent upon, among other things, the current retail environment, the identification of suitable markets and the availability of real estate that meets our criteria for traffic, square footage, co-tenancies, lease economics, demographics, and other factors, the negotiation of acceptable lease terms, construction costs, the availability of financing, the hiring, training and retention of competent sales personnel, and the effective management of inventory to meet the needs of new and existing stores on a timely basis.

 

Our proposed expansion will place increased demands on our operational, managerial and administrative resources. These increased demands could cause us to operate our business less effectively, which in turn could cause deterioration in the financial performance of our existing stores. In addition, to the extent that our new store openings are in existing markets, we may experience reduced net sales volumes in existing stores in those markets. We expect to fund our expansion through cash flow from operations and, if necessary, by borrowings under our $600.0 million Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2014 (the ABL Line of Credit); however, if we experience a decline in performance, we may slow or discontinue store openings, relocations, refreshes or remodels.

 

We may not be able to execute our growth strategies successfully, on a timely basis, or at all. If we fail to implement these strategies successfully, our financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.

 

Our net sales, operating income and inventory levels fluctuate on a seasonal basis and decreases in sales or margins during our peak seasons could have a disproportionate effect on our overall financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our net sales and operating income fluctuate seasonally, with a significant portion of our operating income typically realized during the five-month period from September through January. Any decrease in sales or margins during this period could have a disproportionate effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Seasonal fluctuations also affect our inventory levels. We must carry a significant amount of inventory, especially before the holiday season selling period. If we are not successful in selling our inventory, we may have to write down our inventory or sell it at significantly reduced prices or we may not be able to sell such inventory at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Failure to execute our opportunistic buying and inventory management process could adversely affect our business.

 

We purchase the majority of our inventory opportunistically, with our buyers purchasing close to need. Establishing the “treasure hunt” nature of the off-price buying experience to drive traffic to our stores requires us to offer changing assortments of merchandise in our stores. While opportunistic purchasing provides our buyers the ability to buy at desirable times and prices, in the quantities we need and into market trends, it places considerable discretion in our buyers, subjecting us to risks related to the pricing, quantity, nature and timing of inventory flowing to our stores. If we are unable to provide frequent replenishment of fresh, high quality, attractively priced merchandise in our stores, it could adversely affect traffic to our stores as well as our sales and margins. We base our purchases of inventory, in part, on our sales forecasts. If our sales forecasts do not match customer demand, we may experience higher inventory levels and need to markdown excess or slow-moving inventory, leading to decreased profit margins, or we may have insufficient inventory to meet customer demand, leading to lost sales, either of which could adversely affect our financial performance. We need to purchase inventory sufficiently below conventional retail to maintain our pricing differential to regular department and specialty store prices and to attract customers and sustain our margins, which we may not achieve at various times and which could adversely affect our results.

 

We must also properly execute our inventory management strategies by appropriately allocating merchandise among our stores, timely and efficiently distributing inventory to stores, maintaining an appropriate mix and level of inventory in stores, appropriately changing the allocation of floor space of stores among product categories to respond to customer demand and effectively managing pricing and markdowns, and there is no assurance we will be able to do so. Failure to effectively execute our opportunistic inventory buying and inventory management strategies could adversely affect our performance and our relationship with our customers.

 

In addition to our own execution, we may need to react to factors affecting inventory flow that are outside our control, such as adverse weather and natural disasters or other changes in conditions affecting our vendors and others in our supply chain, such as

7


 

political instability, labor issues, including strikes or threats of strikes, or increasing cost of regulations. If we are not able to adjust appropriately to such factors, our inventory management may be affected, which could impact our performance and our relationship with our customers.

 

Failure to identify customer trends and preferences to meet customer demand could negatively impact our performance.

 

Because our success depends on our ability to meet customer demand, we work to follow customer trends and preferences on an ongoing basis and to buy inventory in response to those trends and preferences. However, identifying consumer trends and preferences in the diverse product lines and many markets in which we do business and successfully meeting customer demand across those lines and for those markets on a timely basis is challenging. Although our flexible business model allows us to buy close to need and in response to consumer preferences and trends and to expand and contract merchandise categories in response to consumers’ changing tastes, we may not do so successfully, which could adversely affect our sales and the markdowns required to move the resulting excess inventory will adversely affect our operating margins.

 

Customers may also have expectations about how they shop in stores or through e-commerce or more generally engage with businesses across different channels or media (through Internet-based and other digital or mobile channels or particular forms of social media), which may vary across demographics and may evolve rapidly. Customers are increasingly using technology and mobile devices to rapidly compare products and prices and to purchase products.  Failure to effectively meet these changing expectations and demands may adversely impact our reputation and our financial results.

 

If we are unable to renew or replace our store leases or enter into leases for new stores on favorable terms, or if one or more of our current leases are terminated prior to the expiration of their stated term and we cannot find suitable alternate locations, our growth and profitability could be negatively impacted.

 

We lease substantially all of our store locations.  Most of our current leases expire at various dates after five or ten-year terms, the majority of which are subject to our option to renew such leases for several additional five-year periods.  Our ability to renew any expiring lease or, if such lease cannot be renewed, our ability to lease a suitable alternative location, and our ability to enter into leases for new stores on favorable terms will depend on many factors, some of which may not be within our control, such as conditions in the local real estate market, competition for desirable properties and our relationships with current and prospective landlords. If we are unable to effectively manage our existing portfolio of real estate leases, renew existing leases or lease suitable alternative locations, or enter into leases for new stores on favorable terms, our growth and profitability may be negatively impacted.

 

Extreme and/or unseasonable weather conditions could have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Extreme weather conditions in the areas in which our stores are located could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, heavy snowfall or other extreme weather conditions over a prolonged period might make it difficult for our customers or associates to travel to our stores. In addition, unforeseen public health issues, natural disasters such as hurricanes, tornados, floods, earthquakes, and other extreme weather or climate conditions, or a combination of these or other factors, could severely damage or destroy one or more of our stores or facilities located in the affected areas, thereby disrupting our business operations. Any of these events or circumstances could disrupt the operations of one or more of our vendors or one or more of our stores located in the affected areas. Day-to-day operations, particularly our ability to receive products from our vendors or transport products to our stores, could be adversely affected, or we could be required to close stores. As a result, our business could be adversely affected.

 

Our business is also susceptible to unseasonable weather conditions. For example, extended periods of unseasonably warm temperatures during the fall or winter season or cool weather during the spring or summer season could render a portion of our inventory incompatible with those unseasonable conditions, particularly in light of our historical product mix. These prolonged unseasonable weather conditions could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, because a significant portion of our net sales historically have occurred during the five-month period from September through January, unseasonably warm weather during these months could have a disproportionately large effect on our business and materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We do not have long-term contracts with any of our vendors and if we are unable to purchase suitable merchandise in sufficient quantities at competitive prices, we may be unable to offer a merchandise mix that is attractive to our customers and our sales may be harmed.

 

The products that we offer are manufactured by third party vendors. Some of our key vendors may limit the number of retail channels they use to sell their merchandise, which may, in limited cases, result in intense competition among retailers to obtain and

8


 

sell these goods. In addition, most of the brands of our top vendors are sold by competing retailers and some of our top vendors also have their own dedicated retail stores. Moreover, we typically buy products from our vendors on a purchase order basis. We have no long-term purchase contracts with any of our vendors and, therefore, have no contractual assurances of continued supply, pricing or access to products, and any vendor could change the terms upon which they sell to us or discontinue selling to us at any time. If our relationships with our vendors are disrupted, we may not be able to acquire the merchandise we require in sufficient quantities or on terms acceptable to us. Any inability to acquire suitable merchandise would have a negative effect on our business and operating results because we would be missing products from our merchandise mix unless and until alternative supply arrangements were made, resulting in deferred or lost sales. In addition, events that adversely affect our vendors could impair our ability to obtain desired merchandise in sufficient quantities. Such events include difficulties or problems associated with our vendors’ business, finances, labor, importation of products, costs, production, insurance and reputation.

 

Our failure to attract, train and retain quality associates in appropriate numbers could adversely affect our business.

 

Our performance depends on recruiting, developing, training and retaining quality sales, systems, distribution center and other associates in large numbers as well as experienced buying and management personnel, and we invest significant resources in training and motivating them to maintain a high level of job satisfaction.  Many of our store associates are in entry level or part-time positions with historically high rates of turnover, which can lead to increased training and retention costs, particularly if employment opportunities increase.  Availability and skill of associates may differ across markets in which we do business and in new markets we enter, and we need to manage our labor needs effectively.  

 

In addition, because of the distinctive nature of our off-price model, we must provide significant internal training and development for key associates across the company, including within our buying organization.  Similar to other retailers, we face challenges in securing and retaining sufficient talent in management and other key areas for many reasons, including competition in the retail industry generally and for talent in various geographic markets.  If we do not continue to attract qualified individuals, train them in our business model, support their development and retain them, our performance could be adversely affected or our growth could be limited.

 

We are also dependent upon temporary personnel to adequately staff our stores and distribution facilities, with heightened dependence during busy periods such as the holiday season and when multiple new stores are opening. There can be no assurance that we will receive adequate assistance from our temporary personnel, or that there will be sufficient sources of suitable temporary personnel to meet our demand. Any such failure to meet our staffing needs or any material increases in associate turnover rates could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

 

Labor costs, including healthcare costs, and other challenges from our large workforce may adversely affect our results and profitability.

 

We have a large workforce, and our ability to meet our labor needs while controlling costs, including costs of providing health, retirement and other associate benefits, is subject to various factors such as unemployment levels; prevailing wage rates and minimum wage requirements; participant benefit levels; economic conditions; interest rate changes; health and other insurance costs; and the regulatory environment, including health care legislation, and governmental labor and employment and associate benefits programs and requirements.  When wage rates or benefit levels increase in a market, increasing our wages or benefits may cause our earnings to decrease, while failing to increase our wages or benefits competitively or reducing our wages or benefits could result in a decline in our ability to attract or retain associates or in the quality of our workforce, causing our customer service or performance to suffer, which could impact our results.

 

Parties with whom we do business may be subject to insolvency risks or may otherwise become unable or unwilling to perform their obligations to us.

 

We are a party to contracts, transactions and business relationships with various third parties, including, without limitation, vendors, suppliers, service providers and lenders, pursuant to which such third parties have performance, payment and other obligations to us. In some cases, we depend upon such third parties to provide essential leaseholds, products, services or other benefits, including with respect to store and distribution center locations, merchandise, advertising, software development and support, logistics, other agreements for goods and services in order to operate our business in the ordinary course, extensions of credit and other vital matters. Economic, industry and market conditions could result in increased risks to us associated with the potential financial distress of such third parties.  

 

If any of the third parties with which we do business become subject to bankruptcy, receivership or similar proceedings, our rights and benefits in relation to our contracts, transactions and business relationships with such third parties could be terminated, modified in a manner adverse to us, or otherwise impaired. We cannot make any assurances that we would be able to arrange for

9


 

alternate or replacement contracts, transactions or business relationships on terms as favorable as our existing contracts, transactions or business relationships, if at all. Any inability on our part to do so could negatively affect our cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Although we purchase most of our inventory from vendors domestically, merchandise production is located primarily overseas.

 

We do not own or operate any manufacturing facilities. As a result, we are dependent upon the timely receipt of quality merchandise from vendors. Factors which affect overseas production could affect our vendors and, in turn, our ability to obtain inventory and the price levels at which they may be obtained. Factors that cause an increase in merchandise costs or a decrease in supply could lead to generally lower sales and gross margins in the retail industry.

 

Such factors include:

 

 

 

political or labor instability in countries where vendors are located or at foreign ports which could result in lengthy shipment delays, which, if timed ahead of the Fall and Winter peak selling periods, could materially and adversely affect our ability to stock inventory on a timely basis;

 

  •

 

  disruptions in the operations of domestic ports through which we import our merchandise, including but not  

  limited to labor disputes involving work slowdowns, lockouts or strikes, which could require us and/or our

  vendors to ship merchandise to alternative ports in the United States or through the use of more expensive

  means.  Shipping to alternative ports in the United States could result in increased lead times and transportation

  costs.  Disruptions at ports through which we import our goods could also result in unanticipated inventory

  shortages;

 

 

 

 

political or military conflict, which could cause a delay in the transportation of our products to us and an increase in transportation costs;

 

 

 

heightened terrorism security concerns, which could subject imported goods to additional, more frequent or more thorough inspections, leading to delays in deliveries or impoundment of goods for extended periods;

 

 

 

disease epidemics, outbreaks and other health related concerns, which could result in closed factories, reduced workforces, scarcity of raw materials and scrutiny or embargoing of goods produced in infected areas;

 

 

 

natural disasters and industrial accidents, which could have the effect of curtailing production and disrupting supplies;

 

 

 

increases in labor and production costs in goods-producing countries, which would result in an increase in our inventory costs;

 

 

 

the migration and development of manufacturers, which can affect where our products are or will be produced;

 

 

 

fluctuation in our vendors’ local currency against the dollar, which may increase our cost of goods sold; and

 

 

 

changes in import duties, taxes, charges, quotas, loss of “most favored nation” trading status with the United States for a particular foreign country and trade restrictions (including the United States imposing antidumping or countervailing duty orders, safeguards, remedies or compensation and retaliation due to illegal foreign trade practices).

 

Any of the foregoing factors, or a combination thereof could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Our business would be disrupted severely if one of our primary distribution centers were to shut down.

 

Most of the merchandise we purchase is shipped directly to our distribution centers, where it is prepared for shipment to the appropriate stores. The success of our stores depends on their timely receipt of merchandise, and a strong, efficient and flexible distribution network is critical to our ability to grow and to maintain a low-cost operating structure.   Accordingly, we must ensure that we continue to add capacity to our existing distribution centers and build out planned additional distribution centers timely and cost effectively.  

 

A disruption within our distribution network, including the shutdown of or loss of significant capacity by one of our current primary distribution centers, could adversely affect our ability to deliver inventory in a timely manner.

 

Failure to operate information systems and implement new technologies effectively could disrupt our business or reduce our sales or profitability.

  

We rely extensively on various information systems, including data centers, hardware and software and applications to manage many aspects of our business, including to process and record transactions in our stores, to enable effective communication

10


 

systems, to plan and track inventory flow, to manage logistics and to generate performance and financial reports. We are dependent on the integrity, security and consistent operations of these systems and related back-up systems. Our computer systems and the third-party systems we rely on are also subject to damage or interruption from a number of causes, including power outages; computer and telecommunications failures; computer viruses or malware; security breaches; cyber-attacks; catastrophic events such as fires, floods, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes; acts of war or terrorism and design or usage errors by our associates or contractors.  Compromises, interruptions or shutdowns of our systems, including those managed by third parties, whether intentional or inadvertent, could lead to delays in our business operations and, if significant or extreme, affect our results of operations.

 

We modify, update, and replace our systems and infrastructure from time to time, including by adding new hardware, software and applications; maintaining, updating or replacing legacy programs; and integrating new service providers, and adding enhanced or new functionality, such as for cloud computing technologies and for the continued operation and development of our e-commerce businesses. We also modify and change our procedures for, and add and change vendors who assist us with designing, implementing and maintaining our systems. Although we believe we are diligent in selecting systems and vendors and implementing procedures to enable us to maintain the integrity of our systems when we modify them, there are inherent risks associated with modifying or replacing systems, and with new or changed relationships, including accurately capturing and maintaining data, realizing the expected benefit of the change and managing the potential disruption of the operation of the systems as the changes are implemented. Potential issues associated with implementing technology initiatives and the time and resources required to optimize the benefits of new elements of our systems and its infrastructure could reduce the efficiency of our operations in the short term. In addition, any interruption in the operation of our websites, particularly our e-commerce site, could cause us to suffer reputational harm or to lose sales if customers are unable to access our site or purchase merchandise from us during such interruption. The efficient operation and successful growth of our business depends upon our information systems, including our ability to operate and maintain them effectively, to select appropriate vendors to maintain or enhance them and to select and implement appropriate new technologies, systems, controls, hardware, software and applications and adequate disaster recovery systems successfully. The failure of our information systems and the third party systems we rely on to perform as designed, or our failure to implement and operate them effectively, could disrupt our business or subject us to liability and thereby harm our profitability.

 

Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential information, whether through a breach of our computer system or otherwise, could severely hurt our business.

 

Some aspects of our business, like that of most retailers, involves the receipt, storage and transmission of customers' personal information, consumer preferences and payment card information, as well as confidential information about our associates, our suppliers and our Company, some of which is entrusted to third-party service providers and vendors.  We rely on commercially available systems, software, tools (including encryption technology) and monitoring to provide security and oversight for processing, transmission, storage and the protection of confidential information.  Despite the security measures we have in place, our facilities and systems, and those of third parties with which we do business, may be vulnerable to security breaches, acts of vandalism and theft, computer viruses, misplaced or lost data, programming and/or human errors, or other similar events.

 

Electronic security attacks designed to gain access to sensitive information by breaching mission critical systems of large organizations are constantly evolving, and high profile electronic security breaches leading to unauthorized release of confidential information have occurred recently at a number of major U.S. companies. Computer hackers or other unauthorized third parties may attempt to penetrate or otherwise gain access to our computer systems or the systems of third parties with which we do business through fraud or other means of deceipt and, if successful, misappropriate personal information, payment card or check information or confidential business information. Hardware, software or applications we develop or obtain from third parties may contain defects in design or manufacture or other problems that could unexpectedly compromise information security. In addition, our associates, contractors or third parties with which we do business or to which we outsource business operations may attempt to circumvent our security measures in order to misappropriate such information, and may purposefully or inadvertently cause a breach involving such information. Despite advances in security hardware, software, and encryption technologies, the methods and tools used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems are constantly changing and evolving, and may be difficult to anticipate or detect for long periods of time. We have implemented and regularly review and update processes and procedures to protect against unauthorized access to or use of secured data and to prevent data loss.  However, the ever-evolving threats mean we and our third-party service providers and vendors must continually evaluate and adapt our respective systems, procedures, controls and processes, and there is no guarantee that they will be adequate to safeguard against all data security breaches or misuses of data. An electronic security breach in our systems (or in the systems of third parties with which we do business) that results in the unauthorized release of individually identifiable customer or other sensitive data could nonetheless occur and have a material adverse effect on our reputation and lead to financial losses from remedial actions, loss of business or potential liability, including possible punitive damages. In addition, as the regulatory environment relating to retailers and other companies’ obligation to protect such sensitive data becomes increasingly rigorous, with new and constantly changing requirements applicable to our business, compliance with those requirements could result in additional costs, and a material failure on our part to comply could subject us to fines or other regulatory sanctions and potentially to lawsuits.

11


 

 

We are subject to payment-related risks that could increase our operating costs, expose us to fraud or theft, subject us to potential liability and potentially disrupt our business.

  

We accept payments using a variety of methods, including cash, checks, credit and debit cards, and gift cards, and we may offer new payment options over time. Acceptance of these payment options subjects us to rules, regulations, contractual obligations and compliance requirements, including payment network rules and operating guidelines, data security standards and certification requirements, and rules governing electronic funds transfers. These requirements may change over time or be reinterpreted, making compliance more difficult or costly.  The payment card industry set October 1, 2015 as the date on which liability shifted for certain debit and credit card transactions to retailers who do not able accept EMV chip technology transactions. Implementation of the EMV chip technology and receipt of final certification is subject to the time availability of third-party service providers. As a result, payment providers may shift  to us the liability for chargebacks related to fraudulent transactions generated through EMV chip enabled cards before our implementation and certification of the EMV chip technology. Further, we may experience a decrease in transaction volume if we cannot process transactions for cardholders whose issuer has migrated entirely from magnetic strip to EMV chip enabled cards. Any prolonged inability to accept EMV chip technology transactions may subject us to increased risk of liability for fraudulent transactions and may adversely affect our business and operating results.

  

For certain payment methods, including credit and debit cards, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time and raise our operating costs. We rely on third parties to provide payment processing services, including the processing of credit cards, debit cards, and other forms of electronic payment. If these companies become unable to provide these services to us, or if their systems are compromised, it could potentially disrupt our business. The payment methods that we offer also subject us to potential fraud and theft by criminals, who are becoming increasingly more sophisticated, seeking to obtain unauthorized access to or exploit weaknesses that may exist in the payment systems.  If we fail to comply with applicable rules or requirements for the payment methods we accept, or if payment-related data is compromised due to a breach or misuse of data, we may be liable for costs incurred by payment card issuing banks and other third parties or subject to fines and higher transaction fees, or our ability to accept or facilitate certain types of payments may be impaired. In addition, our customers could lose confidence in certain payment types, which may result in a shift to other payment types or potential changes to our payment systems that may result in higher costs. As a result, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

 

Issues with merchandise quality or safety could damage our reputation, sales and financial results.

 

Various governmental authorities in the jurisdictions where we do business regulate the quality and safety of the merchandise we sell to consumers. Regulations and standards in this area, including those related to the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act of 2008, state regulations like California’s Proposition 65, and similar legislation, impose restrictions and requirements on the merchandise we sell in our stores and through e-commerce. These regulations change from time to time as new federal, state or local regulations are enacted. If we or our merchandise vendors are unable to comply with regulatory requirements on a timely basis or at all, or to adequately monitor new regulations that may apply to existing or new merchandise categories, significant fines or penalties could be incurred or we could have to curtail some aspects of our sales or operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial results. We rely on our vendors to provide quality merchandise that complies with applicable product safety laws and other applicable laws, but they may not comply with their obligations to do so. Although our arrangements with our vendors frequently provide for indemnification for product liabilities, the vendors may fail to honor those obligations to an extent we consider sufficient or at all. Issues with the quality and safety of merchandise, and issues with the genuineness of merchandise, or customer concerns about such issues, regardless of our fault, could cause damage to our reputation and could result in lost sales, uninsured product liability claims or losses, merchandise recalls and increased costs, and regulatory, civil or criminal fines or penalties, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial results.

 

Failure to comply with existing laws, rules and regulations or changes in existing laws, rules and regulations could negatively affect our business operations and financial performance.

 

We are subject to federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations, any of which may change from time to time. These legal, regulatory and administrative requirements collectively affect multiple aspects of our business, including the cost of providing health care and retirement benefits, workforce management, logistics, marketing, import/export, sourcing and manufacturing, data protection and others. If we fail to comply with these laws, rules, and regulations, we may be subject to judgments, fines or other costs or penalties, which could materially adversely affect our operations and our financial results and condition. Further, applicable accounting principles and interpretations may change from time to time, and the changes could have material effects on our reported financial results and condition.

 

We must also comply with new and changing laws and regulations, new regulatory initiatives, evolving interpretation of existing laws by judicial and regulatory authorities, and reforms in jurisdictions where we do business. These changes could increase

12


 

our costs of compliance or of doing business and could adversely affect our operating results, including those involving labor and employment benefits; health and welfare and financial regulations; consumer protection and product safety; data protection and privacy; climate change, supply chain, energy and waste; Internet regulations, including e-commerce, electronic communications and privacy; and protection of third party intellectual property rights.

 

Our future growth and profitability could be adversely affected if our advertising and marketing programs are not effective in generating sufficient levels of customer awareness and traffic.

 

We rely on advertising to increase consumer awareness of our product offerings and pricing to drive store traffic and traffic to our e-commerce site. In addition, we rely and will increasingly rely on other forms of media advertising, including, without limitation, social media and e-marketing. Our future growth and profitability will depend in part upon the effectiveness and efficiency of our advertising and marketing programs. In order for our advertising and marketing programs to be successful, we must:

 

 

 

manage advertising and marketing costs effectively in order to maintain acceptable operating margins and return on our marketing investment; and

 

 

 

convert customer awareness into actual store visits and product purchases.

 

Our planned advertising and marketing expenditures may not result in increased total or comparable net sales or generate sufficient levels of product awareness. Further, we may not be able to manage our advertising and marketing expenditures on a cost-effective basis. Additionally, some of our competitors may have substantially larger marketing budgets, which may provide them with a competitive advantage over us.

 

Use of social media may adversely impact our reputation or subject us to fines or other penalties.

 

There has been a substantial increase in the use of social media platforms and similar devices, including blogs, social media websites, and other forms of internet-based communications, which allow individuals access to a broad audience of consumers and other interested persons. As laws and regulations rapidly evolve to govern the use of these platforms and devices, the failure by us, our associates or third parties acting at our direction to abide by applicable laws and regulations in the use of theses platforms and devices could adversely impact our reputation or subject us to fines or other penalties.

 

Consumers value readily available information concerning retailers and their goods and services and often act on such information without further investigation and without regard to its accuracy. Information concerning us may be posted on social media platforms and similar devices at any time and may be adverse to our reputation or business. The harm may be immediate without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction.  Damage to our reputation could result in declines in customer loyalty and sales, affect our vendor relationships, development opportunities and associate retention and otherwise adversely affect our business.

 

The loss of key personnel may disrupt our business and adversely affect our financial results.

 

We depend on the contributions of key personnel in various functions for our continued success. Although we have entered into employment agreements with certain executives, we may not be able to retain all of our executive and key personnel. These executives and other key personnel may be hired by our competitors, some of which have considerably more financial resources than we do.  The loss of key personnel, or the inability to hire, train, motivate and retain qualified associates, or changes to our organizational structure, operating results, or business model that adversely affect morale or retention, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Effective succession planning is also a key factor for our success. Our failure to enable the effective transfer of knowledge and facilitate smooth transitions with regard to key personnel could adversely affect our strategic planning and execution and negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.  If we fail to enable the effective transfer of knowledge and facilitate smooth transitions for key personnel, the operating results and future growth for our business could be adversely affected, and the morale and productivity of the workforce could be disrupted.

 

Circumstances limiting our ability, or the ability of our vendors, to access capital markets could adversely affect our business or financial condition.

 

Changes in the credit and capital markets, including market disruptions, limited liquidity and interest rate fluctuations, may increase the cost of financing or restrict our access to this potential source of future liquidity. A decrease in the ratings that rating agencies assign to our short and long-term debt may also negatively impact our access to the debt capital markets and increase our cost of borrowing. These circumstances may negatively impact our access to capital markets, which could have a materially adverse impact on our business or financial condition.

13


 

 

In many cases, our vendors depend upon commercial credit to finance their operations. If they are unable to secure commercial financing, our vendors could seek to change the terms on which they sell to us, which could negatively affect our liquidity. In addition, the inability of vendors to access liquidity, or the insolvency of vendors, could lead to their failure to deliver merchandise to us.

 

Legal and regulatory proceedings could have an adverse impact on our results of operations.

 

We are subject to various legal and regulatory proceedings relating to our business, certain of which may involve jurisdictions with reputations for aggressive application of laws and procedures against corporate defendants. We are impacted by trends in litigation, including class action litigation brought under various consumer protection, employment, and privacy and information security laws. Accruals are established based on our best estimates of our potential liability. However, we cannot accurately predict the ultimate outcome of any such proceedings due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation. Regardless of the outcome or whether the claims are meritorious, legal and regulatory proceedings may require that we devote substantial time and expense to defend our Company. Unfavorable rulings could result in a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Our stock price has been and may continue to be volatile.

 

The market price of our common stock has fluctuated substantially in the past and may continue to fluctuate significantly. Future announcements or disclosures concerning us or any of our competitors, our strategic initiatives, our sales and profitability, our financial condition, any quarterly variations in actual or anticipated operating results or comparable sales, any failure to meet analysts’ expectations and sales of large blocks of our common stock, among other factors, could cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate substantially. In addition, the stock market has experienced price and volume fluctuations that have affected the market price of many retail and other stocks that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. This volatility could affect the price of our common stock.  Securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the market price of a company’s securities. Such litigation could result in substantial costs, divert our management’s attention and resources and have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our substantial indebtedness requires a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate sufficient cash depends on numerous factors beyond our control, and we may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt obligations.

 

As of January 30, 2016, our total indebtedness was $1,304.9 million, including $1,112.6 million, inclusive of original issue discount, under our $1,200.0 million Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, pursuant to our term loan credit agreement (the Term Loan Credit Agreement) dated as of February 24, 2011, as amended, and $167.4 million under our ABL Line of Credit. Estimated cash required to make interest payments for these debt obligations amounts to approximately $51.3 million for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017.  On May 1, 2015, we made a $50.0 million prepayment on our Term Loan Credit Agreement, which offset the mandatory quarterly principal payments through May 1, 2021.

 

Our ability to make payments and to refinance our debt, and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future, which is to some extent, subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt and meet our other commitments, we will be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as refinancing all or a portion of our debt, selling material assets or operations or raising additional debt or equity capital. We may not be able to successfully carry out any of these actions on a timely basis, on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or be assured that these actions would be sufficient to meet our capital requirements. In addition, the terms of our existing or future debt agreements, including the ABL Line of Credit and the Term Loan Credit Agreement, may restrict us from affecting any of these alternatives.

 

If we fail to make scheduled payments on our debt or otherwise fail to comply with our covenants, we would be in default and, as a result:

 

 

 

our debt holders could declare all outstanding principal and interest to be due and payable;

 

 

 

our secured debt lenders could terminate their commitments and commence foreclosure proceedings against our assets; and

 

 

 

we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.

 

Our failure to comply with the agreements relating to our outstanding indebtedness, including as a result of events beyond our control, could result in an event of default that could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and our financial condition.

 

14


 

If there were an event of default under any of the agreements relating to our outstanding indebtedness, the holders of the defaulted debt could cause all amounts outstanding, with respect to that debt, to be due and payable immediately. Our assets or cash flow may not be sufficient to fully repay borrowings under our outstanding debt instruments if accelerated upon an event of default. Further, if we are unable to repay, refinance or restructure our secured indebtedness, the holders of such debt could proceed against the collateral securing that indebtedness. In addition, any event of default or declaration of acceleration under one debt instrument could also result in an event of default under one or more of our other debt instruments.

 

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

 

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law might discourage or delay acquisition attempts for us that stockholders might consider favorable.

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that may make the acquisition of the Company more difficult without the approval of our Board of Directors. These provisions:

 

 

 

authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may include super voting, special approval, dividend, or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of the holders of common stock;

 

 

 

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, requiring all stockholder actions be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

 

 

provide that the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our amended and restated bylaws;

 

 

 

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our Board of Directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings;

 

 

 

establish a classified Board of Directors, as a result of which our Board of Directors is divided into three classes, with each class serving for staggered three-year terms, which prevents stockholders from electing an entirely new Board of Directors at an annual meeting;

 

 

 

limit the ability of stockholders to remove directors;

 

 

 

prohibit stockholders from calling special meetings of stockholders; and

 

 

 

require the approval of holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of our voting common stock to amend the amended and restated bylaws and certain provisions of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

 

These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions under Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of the Company, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for stockholders to elect directors of their choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions they desire.

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or associates.

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to limited exceptions, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other associates to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our by-laws, or (iv) any other action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

 

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other associates, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and associates. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

 

Because we do not intend to pay cash dividends in the near term, stockholders may not receive any return on investment unless they are able to sell their common stock for a price greater than their purchase price.

15


 

 

The continued operation and expansion of our business will require substantial funding. Accordingly, we do not anticipate that we will pay any cash dividends on shares of our common stock in the near term. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions, including those under our ABL Line of Credit and Term Loan Credit Agreement, any potential indebtedness we may incur, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors our Board of Directors deems relevant. Accordingly, if stockholders purchase shares of our common stock, realization of a gain on investment will depend on the appreciation of the price of our common stock, which may never occur. Investors seeking cash dividends in the foreseeable future should not purchase our common stock.

 

We are a holding company and rely on dividends, distributions and other payments, advances and transfers of funds from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations.

 

We are a holding company that does not conduct any business operations of our own. As a result, we are largely dependent upon cash dividends and distributions and other transfers from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations. The deterioration of income from, or other available assets of, our subsidiaries for any reason could limit or impair their ability to pay dividends or other distributions to us.

 

 

 

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

Not Applicable.

Item 2.

Properties

We own the land and/or buildings for 40 of our stores and have leases for 529 of our stores. Most of our store leases expire at various dates after five or ten-year terms, the majority of which are subject to our option to renew such leases for several additional five-year periods. Store leases generally provide for fixed monthly rental payments, plus the payment, in most cases, of real estate taxes and other charges with escalation clauses. In many locations, our store leases contain formulas providing for the payment of additional rent based on sales. Most of our stores are located in malls, strip shopping centers, regional power centers or are freestanding.

We own approximately 97 acres of land in Burlington and Florence, New Jersey on which we have constructed our corporate campus, which includes our corporate headquarters and a warehouse facility. We own approximately 43 acres of land in Edgewater Park, New Jersey on which we have constructed a distribution center and an office facility of approximately 648,000 square feet. We lease a 660,000 square foot distribution facility in San Bernardino, California and two additional distribution facilities for storage/support purposes in New Jersey and California, with a combined square footage of 1,478,000 square feet. We also lease approximately 35,000 square feet of office space in New York City.

The following table identifies the years in which our leases (exclusive of distribution and corporate leased locations), existing at January 30, 2016, expire, showing both expiring leases for which we have no renewal options available and expiring leases for which we have renewal options available. For purposes of this table, only the expiration dates of the current lease term (exclusive of any available options) are identified. Historically, we have been able to renew a large number of our expiring leases each year.

 

Fiscal Year Ending

 

Number of Leases

Expiring with No

Additional

Renewal Options

 

 

Number of Leases

Expiring with

Additional

Renewal Options

 

2016—2017

 

 

14

 

 

 

103

 

2018—2019

 

 

11

 

 

 

154

 

2020—2021

 

 

11

 

 

 

81

 

2022—2023

 

 

3

 

 

 

45

 

2024—2025

 

 

7

 

 

 

44

 

Thereafter to 2078

 

 

6

 

 

 

50

 

Total

 

 

52

 

 

 

477

 

 

16


 

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings  

Like many retailers, the Company has been named in class or collective actions on behalf of various groups alleging violations of federal and state wage and hour and other labor statutes, and alleged violation of state consumer and/or privacy protection statutes. In the normal course of business, we are also party to various other lawsuits and regulatory proceedings including, among others, commercial, product, product safety, employee, customer, intellectual property and other claims.  Actions against us are in various procedural stages.  Many of these proceedings raise factual and legal issues and are subject to uncertainties. To determine the likelihood of a loss and/or the measurement of any loss can be complex. Consequently, we are unable to estimate the range of reasonably possible loss in excess of amounts accrued.  Our assessments are based on estimates and assumptions that have been deemed reasonable by management, but the assessment process relies heavily on estimates and assumptions that may prove to be incomplete or inaccurate, and unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that might cause us to change those estimates and assumptions.  The ultimate outcome of these cases could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.

In the matter of Burlington Coat Factory Song Beverly Cases which is currently pending in the Superior Court of the State of California, Complex Division, County of Orange (Case No. JCCP No. 4681), plaintiff, on behalf of herself and others similarly situated, alleges that the Company is in violation of the Song Beverly Credit Card Act of 1971, California Civil Code section 1747.08, for collecting personal information from customers in connection with the use of credit cards by such customers to pay for merchandise at the Company’s stores.  At trial held in January 2015, the Superior Court held that the Company was in violation of California law.

In October 2015, the Company entered into a settlement agreement providing for a maximum settlement payment of $29.4 million (including attorneys’ fees and claims administration fees).  On November 6, 2015, the court granted preliminary approval for the settlement and authorized the parties to provide a notice to class members about the settlement.  Because of the claims-made aspect of the settlement, it is likely that a significant portion of the total settlement amount will go unclaimed and remain the property of the Company, thereby causing it to pay less than $29.4 million under the settlement.

This settlement, if it is approved by the Court, will result in the dismissal of all Song-Beverly claims that arose through January 28, 2015 (except for those class members who opt out of the settlement).   If this settlement is rejected by the Court, the parties will likely return to the litigation of both lawsuits, and, in such event, the Company cannot predict the outcome of these matters, and cannot predict whether or not the outcome will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

 

 

17


 

PART II

Item  5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BURL.” The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated below, the quarterly high and low sales prices per share of our common stock during Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014.

 

 

 

Fiscal 2015

 

 

Fiscal 2014

 

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

First Quarter

 

$

61.02

 

 

$

49.80

 

 

$

32.55

 

 

$

23.88

 

Second Quarter

 

$

56.75

 

 

$

48.58

 

 

$

33.59

 

 

$

26.77

 

Third Quarter

 

$

55.57

 

 

$

45.66

 

 

$

42.61

 

 

$

32.07

 

Fourth Quarter

 

$

53.73

 

 

$

40.70

 

 

$

52.14

 

 

$

40.73

 

 

Holders

As of February 27, 2016, we had 224 holders of record of our common stock.

Dividends

During the past two fiscal years, we have not declared, and do not anticipate declaring in the near term, dividends on shares of our common stock. We currently do, and intend to continue to, retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund all of the Company's capital expenditures, business initiatives, and to support any potential opportunistic capital structure initiatives. Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock will be limited by restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions under the terms of current and any future agreements governing our indebtedness as described in Note 7 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, “Long Term Debt.” Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors, subject to compliance with covenants in our current and future agreements governing our indebtedness, and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant.

In addition, since we are a holding company, substantially all of the assets shown on our consolidated balance sheets are held by our subsidiaries. Accordingly, our earnings, cash flow and ability to pay dividends are largely dependent upon the earnings and cash flows of our subsidiaries and the distribution or other payment of such earnings to us in the form of dividends.

Stock Performance Graph

The performance graph below and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the Exchange Act), or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing.

18


 

The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock from October 2, 2013 (the date our common stock commenced trading on the New York Stock Exchange) through January 30, 2016, with the return on the Standard & Poor’s (S&P) 500 Index and the S&P Retailing Index over the same period. This graph assumes an initial investment of $100 and assumes the reinvestment of dividends, if any. Such returns are based on historical results and are not intended to suggest future performance.

 

 

 

Base Period

 

 

Indexed Returns for Fiscal Years Ended

 

Company / Index

 

October 2,

2013

 

 

February 1,

2014

 

 

January 31,

2015

 

 

January 30,

2016

 

Burlington Stores, Inc.

 

$

100.00

 

 

$

102.28

 

 

$

199.48

 

 

$

214.83

 

S&P 500 Index

 

$

100.00

 

 

$

105.24

 

 

$

117.78

 

 

$

114.54

 

S&P Retailing Index

 

$

100.00

 

 

$

100.62

 

 

$

119.48

 

 

$

138.07

 

 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

The following table provides information regarding our purchases of common stock during the three fiscal months ended January 30, 2016:

 

Month

 

Total Number

of Shares

Purchased

 

 

Average Price

Paid Per

Share(2)

 

 

Total Number

of Shares

Purchased as

Part of Publicly

Announced

Plans or

Programs(3)

 

 

Approximate

Dollar Value

of Shares

That May Yet

Be Purchased

Under the

Plans or

Programs

 

November 1, 2015 through November 28, 2015

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

277,044,566

 

November 29, 2015 through January 2, 2016

 

 

1,601,688

 

 

$

48.33

 

 

 

1,601,688

 

 

 

199,642,540

 

January 3, 2016 through January 30, 2016 (1)

 

 

1,939

 

 

$

51.31

 

 

 

 

 

 

199,642,540

 

Total

 

 

1,603,627

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,601,688

 

 

 

 

 

19


 

 

 

(1)

These shares were not part of our publicly announced share repurchase program. Rather, these shares represent shares which were withheld for tax payments due upon the vesting of employee restricted stock awards, and do not reduce the dollar value that may yet be purchased under our publicly announced share repurchase program.

(2)

Includes commissions for the shares repurchased under our publicly announced share repurchase program.

(3)

On June 9, 2015, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to $200 million of our common stock, which we completed during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2015.  On November 24, 2015, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to an additional $200 million of our common stock.  This share repurchase program will be funded using the Company’s available cash and is authorized to be executed through November 2017.  As of January 30, 2016, we had $199.6 million available for purchase under this share repurchase program.  For a further discussion of our share repurchase programs, see “Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Share Repurchase Program.”

 

 

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

The following table presents selected historical consolidated financial data and certain other financial data. The historical consolidated balance sheet data and consolidated statement of operations data for Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, and for the fiscal years ended February 2, 2013 (Fiscal 2012) and January 28, 2012 (Fiscal 2011) have been derived from our historical audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

The historical consolidated financial data and other financial data presented below should only be read in conjunction with our audited Consolidated Financial Statements (and the related notes thereto) and Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, each of which are included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. Our historical consolidated financial data may not be indicative of our future performance.

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended(1)

 

 

 

January 28,

2012

 

 

February 2,

2013

 

 

February 1,

2014

 

 

January 31,

2015

 

 

January 30,

2016

 

 

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenue

 

$

3,887,531

 

 

$

4,165,504

 

 

$

4,461,987

 

 

$

4,849,634

 

 

$

5,129,843

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(6,272

)

 

$

25,301

 

 

$

16,150

 

 

$

65,955

 

 

$

150,482

 

Net (loss) income per share—basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class L stockholders

 

$

24.58

 

 

$

28.76

 

 

$

31.93

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Common stockholders

 

$

(0.26

)

 

$

(0.24

)

 

$

(0.26

)

 

$

0.89

 

 

$

2.03

 

Net (loss) income per share—diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class L stockholders

 

$

24.58

 

 

$

28.76

 

 

$

31.93

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Common stockholders

 

$

(0.28

)

 

$

(0.27

)

 

$

(0.39

)

 

$

0.87

 

 

$

1.99

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (end of the period):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventory

 

 

682,260

 

 

 

680,190

 

 

 

720,052

 

 

 

788,708

 

 

 

783,528

 

Total assets

 

 

2,501,143

 

 

 

2,478,082

 

 

 

2,621,092

 

 

 

2,624,569

 

 

 

2,580,147

 

Long term debt

 

 

1,605,464

 

 

 

1,335,532

 

 

 

1,369,159

 

 

 

1,249,276

 

 

 

1,303,497

 

Class L common stock(2)

 

 

884,945

 

 

 

1,029,189

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ deficit(3)

 

 

(995,890

)

 

 

(1,109,458

)

 

 

(150,468

)

 

 

(65,951

)

 

 

(99,022

)

Other Financial Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted Net Income(4)

 

 

37,350

 

 

 

59,589

 

 

 

70,239

 

 

 

138,577

 

 

 

174,555

 

Adjusted EBITDA(5)

 

 

315,000

 

 

 

331,964

 

 

 

383,697

 

 

 

448,066

 

 

 

484,029

 

Comparable store sales growth(6)

 

 

0.7

%

 

 

1.2

%

 

 

4.7

%

 

 

4.9

%

 

 

2.1

%

Gross margin rate

 

 

38.7

%

 

 

38.8

%

 

 

39.1

%

 

 

39.7

%

 

 

40.0

%

Store payroll as a percentage of net sales

 

 

9.6

%

 

 

9.7

%

 

 

9.1

%

 

 

8.8

%

 

 

8.6

%

Cash flow increase (decrease)

 

 

5,450

 

 

 

7,672

 

 

 

89,648

 

 

 

(107,635

)

 

 

(4,434

)

Working capital(7)(8)

 

 

337,901

 

 

 

104,799

 

 

 

80,604

 

 

 

26,566

 

 

 

18,594

 

 

 

(1)

Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2011 consisted of 52 weeks. Fiscal 2012 consisted of 53 weeks.

(2)

Prior to our initial public offering, each outstanding share of our Class A common stock was automatically cancelled, each outstanding share of our Class L common stock was automatically converted into one share of our Class A common stock, effected for an 11-for-1 split, and then reclassified into common stock.

20


 

(3)

In February 2013, we declared a special cash dividend of approximately $336.0 million ($5.89/unit) to our stockholders from the proceeds of the offering of the $350.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes (Holdco Notes), payable to Class A and Class L stockholders on a pro rata basis. In February 2011, in connection with the offering of the 10% Senior Notes due 2019 at an issue price of 100% (the Senior Notes) by BCFWC and the refinancing of the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, we declared a special cash dividend of approximately $300.0 million ($5.40 per unit), in the aggregate, payable to Class A and Class L stockholders on a pro rata basis.  

(4)

We define Adjusted Net Income as net income (loss), exclusive of the following items: (i) net favorable lease amortization; (ii) costs related to debt amendments, secondary offerings, termination of Advisory Agreement and other; (iii) stock option modification expense; (iv) loss on extinguishment of debt; (v) impairment charges; (vi) advisory fees; and (vii) other unusual, non-recurring or extraordinary expenses, losses or charges, all of which are tax effected to arrive at Adjusted Net Income.

(5)

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss), exclusive of (i) interest expense, net, (ii) loss on extinguishment of debt, (iii) income tax expense (benefit), (iv) depreciation and amortization, (v) impairment charges, (vi) advisory fees, (vii) stock option modification expense, (viii) costs related to debt amendments, secondary offerings, termination of our Advisory Agreement and other, and (iv) other unusual, non-recurring or extraordinary expenses, losses or charges.

(6)

We define comparable store sales as sales of those stores, including online sales, commencing on the first day of the fiscal month one year after the end of their grand opening activities, which normally conclude within the first two months of operations.

(7)

We define working capital as current assets (excluding restricted cash) minus current liabilities.

(8)

During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2015, the Company prospectively adopted the guidance per ASU 2015-17 (ASU 2015-17), as defined in Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, “Recent Accounting Pronouncements,” which requires entities to present deferred tax assets (DTAs) and deferred tax liabilities (DTLs) as noncurrent in a classified balance sheet. Prior to the adoption of this standard, the Company separately present DTAs and DTLs as current or noncurrent in its Consolidated Balance Sheets.  Prior period working capital amounts for Fiscal 2011 through Fiscal 2014 were not retrospectively adjusted to reflect the adoption of this ASU.  

 

 

21


 

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  

For purposes of the following “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” unless the context requires otherwise, references to “the Company,” “we,” “our,” or “us” refer to Burlington Stores, Inc., and its consolidated subsidiaries. “Parent” refers to Burlington Stores, Inc. alone, “Holdings” refers to Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc., Parent’s indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary, and “BCFWC” refers to Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation, Holdings’ direct, wholly-owned subsidiary.

The following discussion summarizes the significant factors affecting our consolidated operating results, financial condition, liquidity and cash flows as of and for the periods presented below. The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the “Selected Financial Data” and our Consolidated Financial Statements, including the notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this report.

In addition to historical information, this discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements based on current expectations that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions, such as our plans, objectives, expectations, and intentions set forth under the caption entitled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” which can be found in Item 1A, Risk Factors. Our actual results and the timing of events may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth in Item 1A, Risk Factors and elsewhere in this report.

General

We are a nationally recognized retailer of high-quality, branded apparel at everyday low prices. We opened our first store in Burlington, New Jersey in 1972, selling primarily coats and outerwear. Since then, we have expanded our store base to 567 stores as of January 30, 2016, inclusive of an internet store, in 45 states and Puerto Rico, and diversified our product categories by offering an extensive selection of in-season, fashion-focused merchandise, including: women’s ready-to-wear apparel, menswear, youth apparel, baby, footwear, accessories, home and coats. We acquire a broad selection of desirable, first-quality, current-brand, labeled merchandise directly from nationally-recognized manufacturers and other suppliers.

Executive Summary

Overview of Fiscal 2015 Operating Results

Highlights from Fiscal 2015 compared with Fiscal 2014 include the following:

 

·

We generated total revenues of $5,129.8 million compared with $4,849.6 million.

 

·

Net sales improved $284.4 million to $5,098.9 million (inclusive of a 2.1% comparable store sales increase).

 

·

Gross margin as a percentage of net sales improved to 40.0% compared with 39.7%, which was offset by an approximate 30 basis point increase in product sourcing costs which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

·

Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales improved to 31.3% compared with 31.6%, inclusive of the approximate 30 basis point increase in product sourcing costs.

 

·

We earned net income of $150.5 million compared with $66.0 million.

 

·

Adjusted Net Income (as subsequently defined in this Form 10-K) improved $36.0 million to $174.6 million.

 

·

Adjusted EBITDA (as subsequently defined in this Form 10-K) improved $36.0 million to $484.0 million.

Hedging Transactions

On August 19, 2014, we entered into four interest rate cap contracts which were designated as cash flow hedges (the Previous Interest Rate Cap Contracts). On April 24, 2015 we received $1.2 million in cash in connection with the termination and sale of the Previous Interest Rate Cap Contracts. As a result of these transactions, the amount of loss deferred in accumulated other comprehensive loss related to these caps was $2.0 million, net of taxes. As the hedged transactions associated with the Previous Interest Rate Cap Contracts are still probable of occurring, we will amortize this loss from accumulated other comprehensive loss into interest expense over the original life of each respective cap through April 2019. Also on April 24, 2015, we entered into two new interest rate cap contracts (the New Interest Rate Cap Contracts) which were designated as cash flow hedges. Refer to Note 8 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, “Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” for further details.

22


 

Share Repurchase Programs

On June 9, 2015, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to $200 million of our common stock, which we fully utilized during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2015. On November 24, 2015, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to an additional $200 million of our common stock. This share repurchase program will be funded using the Company’s available cash and is authorized to be executed through November 2017. As of January 30, 2016, we had $199.6 million available for purchase under this share repurchase program.  Refer to the section below entitled “Liquidity and Capital Resources” for further discussion related to our share repurchase programs.  

Secondary Offerings

On April 7, 2015, we closed a secondary public offering of 12,490,154 shares of our common stock (the Secondary Offering). All of the shares sold in the Secondary Offering were offered by selling stockholders. We did not receive any of the proceeds from the Secondary Offering. We incurred $0.2 million in offering costs related to the Secondary Offering, which are included in the line item “Costs related to debt amendments, secondary offerings, termination of advisory agreement and other” on our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Store Openings, Closings and Relocations

During Fiscal 2015, we opened 28 new stores under the name “Burlington Stores” and closed two Burlington Stores and one MJM Store. We continue to pursue our growth plans and invest in capital projects that meet our financial requirements. During the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017 (Fiscal 2016), we plan to open 25 net new stores.

Ongoing Initiatives for Fiscal 2016

We continue to focus on a number of ongoing initiatives aimed at increasing our overall profitability by improving our comparable store sales trends, increasing total sales growth and reducing expenses. These initiatives include, but are not limited to:

 

·

Driving Comparable Store Sales Growth.

We intend to continue to increase comparable store sales through the following initiatives:

 

·

Continuing to Enhance Execution of the Off-Price Model. We plan to drive comparable store sales by focusing on product freshness to ensure that we consistently deliver newness to the selling floors. We plan to continue to reduce comparable store inventories which we believe will result in faster inventory turnover. We maintain our ability to leverage our pack-and-hold program which is designed to take advantage of terrific buys of either highly desirable branded product or key seasonal merchandise for the next year. While the amount of goods we purchase on pack-and-hold is purely based on the right opportunities in the marketplace, this continues to be a great avenue to source product. We also intend to use our business intelligence systems to identify sell-through rates by product, capitalize on strong performing categories, identify and buy into new fashion trends and opportunistically acquire products in the marketplace.

 

·

Sharpening Focus on Our Core Female Customer. We have focused on better serving our core female customer, a brand-conscious fashion enthusiast, aged 25-49, with an average annual household income of $25,000-$75,000, by improving our product offering, store merchandising and marketing focus on women’s ready-to-wear apparel and accessories to capture incremental sales from our core female customer and become a destination for her across all categories. We believe that these efforts will increase the frequency of her visits and her average spend, further improving the comparable store sales performance in women’s categories.

23


 

 

·

Continuing to Improve Our Customer Experience. We have significantly enhanced the store experience and ease of shopping at all of our stores by implementing a comprehensive program focused on offering more brands and styles and simplifying store navigation. We have accomplished this by utilizing clear way-finding signs and distinct product signage, highlighting key brands and new arrivals, improving organization of the floor space, reducing rack density, facilitating quicker checkouts and delivering better customer service. We have made particular improvements in product size visibility, queuing and fitting rooms. To ensure consistent execution of our customer experience priorities, we have improved our store associate training and reorganized and strengthened our field management organization. Our much improved store experience continues to resonate with our customers. During Fiscal 2015, we updated our customer survey to provide more actionable customer feedback to stores. Stores develop action plans to address clearly identified areas of focus. Store managers have the ability to review immediate feedback from their customers, and react accordingly. As a result, we have seen strong increases in overall customer satisfaction scores, as well as friendliness of our associates, speed of checkout, interior cleanliness, and ease of shopping.  

 

·

Increasing Our e-Commerce Sales. We have been selling to our customers online for more than a decade. We plan to leverage this heritage, along with our renewed focus on e-commerce, to expand our online assortment and utilize e-commerce strategies to drive incremental traffic to our stores.

 

·

Enhancing Existing Categories and Introducing New Categories. We have opportunities to expand the depth and breadth of certain existing categories such as ladies’ apparel, children’s products, bath and cosmetic merchandise, housewares and décor for the home, and beauty, while continuing to remain the destination for coats, and maintaining the flexibility to introduce new categories.

 

·

Expanding and Enhancing Our Retail Store Base.

We intend to expand and enhance our retail store base through the following initiatives:

 

·

Adhering to a Market Focused and Financially Disciplined Real Estate Strategy. We have grown our store base consistently since our founding in 1972, developing more than 99% of our stores organically rather than through acquisition. We believe there is significant opportunity to expand our retail store base in the United States. In line with recent growth, our goal is to open approximately 25 net new stores annually and continue to do so for the foreseeable future.

 

·

Maintaining Focus on Unit Economics and Returns. We have adopted a market focused approach to new store openings with a specific focus on maximizing sales while achieving attractive unit economics and returns. This focus is demonstrated by the fact that the vast majority of our existing stores had positive Adjusted EBITDA for Fiscal 2015. By focusing on opening stores with attractive unit economics we are able to achieve attractive returns on capital and continue to grow our margins. We believe that as we continue to reduce our comparable store inventory, we will be able to reduce the square footage of our stores while continuing to maintain our broad assortment.  

 

·

Enhancing the Store Experience Through Store Remodels. We continue to invest in store remodels on a store-by-store basis where appropriate, taking into consideration the age, sales and profitability of a store, as well as the potential impact to the customer shopping experience. In our remodeled stores, we have typically incorporated new flooring, painting, lighting and graphics, relocated our fitting rooms to maximize productive selling space, added new departments such as home and accessories and made various other improvements as appropriate by location.

 

·

Enhancing Operating Margins.

We intend to increase our operating margins through the following initiatives:

 

·

Optimize Markdowns. We believe that our markdown system allows us to maximize sales and gross margin dollars based on forward-looking sales forecasts, sell-through targets, and exit dates. This allows us to optimize markdowns at the style and color level by store cluster.

 

·

Enhance Purchasing Power. We believe that our increasing size and West Coast buying office provide us with the opportunity to capture incremental buying opportunities and realize economies of scale in our merchandising and non-merchandising purchasing activities.

 

·

Drive Operating Leverage. We believe that we will be able to leverage our growing sales over the fixed costs of our business. In addition, we are focused on continuing to improve the efficiency of our corporate and in-store operations.

24


 

Uncertainties and Challenges

As management strives to increase profitability through achieving positive comparable store sales and leveraging productivity initiatives focused on improving the in-store experience, more efficient movement of products from the vendors to the selling floors, and modifying our marketing plans to increase our core customer base and increase our share of our current customers’ spending, there are uncertainties and challenges that we face as an off-price retailer of apparel and accessories for men, women and children and home furnishings that could have a material impact on our revenues or income.

Seasonality of Sales and Weather Conditions. Our sales, like most other retailers, are subject to seasonal influences, with the majority of our sales and net income derived during the months of September through January, which includes the back-to-school and holiday seasons.

Weather continues to be a contributing factor to the sale of our clothing. Generally, our sales are higher if the weather is cold during the Fall and warm during the early Spring. Sales of cold weather clothing are increased by early cold weather during the Fall, while sales of warm weather clothing are improved by early warm weather conditions in the Spring. Although we have diversified our product offerings, we believe traffic to our stores is still driven, in part, by weather patterns.

General Economic Conditions. Consumer spending habits, including spending for the merchandise that we sell, are affected by, among other things, prevailing global economic conditions, inflation, levels of employment, salaries and wage rates, prevailing interest rates, housing costs, energy costs, commodities pricing, income tax rates and policies, consumer confidence and consumer perception of economic conditions. In addition, consumer purchasing patterns may be influenced by consumers’ disposable income, credit availability and debt levels.

A slowdown in the U.S. economy, an uncertain global economic outlook or a credit crisis could adversely affect consumer spending habits resulting in lower net sales and profits than expected on a quarterly or annual basis. Consumer confidence is also affected by the domestic and international political situation. Our financial condition and operations could be impacted by changes in government regulations in areas including, but not limited to, taxes and healthcare. The outbreak or escalation of war, or the occurrence of terrorist acts or other hostilities in or affecting the U.S., could lead to a decrease in spending by consumers. In addition, natural disasters, industrial accidents and acts of war in various parts of the world could have the effect of disrupting supplies and raising prices globally which, in turn, may have adverse effects on the world and U.S. economies and lead to a downturn in consumer confidence and spending.

We closely monitor our net sales, gross margin, expenses and working capital. We have performed scenario planning such that if our net sales decline, we have identified variable costs that could be reduced to partially mitigate the impact of these declines. If we were to experience adverse economic trends and/or if our efforts to counteract the impacts of these trends are not sufficiently effective, there could be a negative impact on our financial performance and position in future fiscal periods.

Competition and Margin Pressure. We believe that in order to remain competitive with off-price retailers and discount stores, we must continue to offer brand-name merchandise at a discount from traditional department stores as well as an assortment of merchandise that is appealing to our customers.

The U.S. retail apparel and home furnishings markets are highly fragmented and competitive. We compete for business with department stores, off-price retailers, specialty stores, discount stores, wholesale clubs, outlet stores and with certain traditional, full-price retail chains that have developed off-price concepts. At various times throughout the year, traditional full-price department store chains and specialty shops offer brand-name merchandise at substantial markdowns, which can result in prices approximating those offered by us at our Burlington Stores. We anticipate that competition will increase in the future. Therefore, we will continue to look for ways to differentiate our stores from those of our competitors.

The U.S. retail industry continues to face increased pressure on margins as overall challenging retail conditions have led consumers to be more value conscious. Our “open to buy” paradigm, in which we purchase both pre-season and in-season merchandise, allows us the flexibility to purchase less pre-season with the balance purchased in-season and opportunistically. It also provides us with the flexibility to shift purchases between suppliers and categories. This enables us to obtain better terms with our suppliers, which we expect to help offset any rising costs of goods.

Changes to import and export laws could have a direct impact on our operating expenses and an indirect impact on consumer prices and we cannot predict any future changes in such laws.

25


 

Key Performance Measures

We consider numerous factors in assessing our performance. Key performance measures used by management include Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted EBITDA, comparable store sales, gross margin, inventory, store payroll as a percentage of net sales and liquidity.

Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EBITDA: Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures of our performance.

We present Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EBITDA because we believe they are useful supplemental measures in evaluating the performance of our business and provide greater transparency into our results of operations. In particular, we believe that excluding certain items that may vary substantially in frequency and magnitude from operating income are useful supplemental measures that assist in evaluating our ability to generate earnings and leverage sales and to more readily compare these metrics between past and future periods.

Adjusted Net Income has limitations as an analytical tool, and should not be considered either in isolation or as a substitute for net income or other data prepared in accordance with GAAP. Some of these limitations include:

 

·

Adjusted Net Income does not reflect the amortization of net favorable leases which are amortized over the life of the lease;

 

·

Adjusted Net Income does not reflect costs related to debt amendments or secondary offerings that were expensed during the fiscal periods;

 

·

Adjusted Net Income does not reflect expenses related to our May 2013 stock option modification;

 

·

Adjusted Net Income does not reflect losses on the extinguishment of debt;

 

·

Adjusted Net Income does not reflect impairment charges on long-lived assets;

 

·

Adjusted Net Income does not reflect costs related to the termination of our Advisory Agreement with Bain Capital or the annual advisory fees paid to Bain Capital pursuant to the Advisory Agreement that were expensed during the fiscal periods;

 

·

Adjusted Net Income does not reflect amounts charged during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2015 or Fiscal 2014 related to certain ongoing litigation matters; and

 

·

Adjusted Net Income does not reflect other unusual, non-recurring or extraordinary expenses, losses or charges.

For Fiscal 2015, Adjusted Net Income improved $36.0 million to $174.6 million. For Fiscal 2014, Adjusted Net Income improved $68.3 million to $138.6 million. These improvements were the result of our improved gross margin and a reduction in our interest expense, partially offset by increased costs, primarily selling, general and administrative expenses and income tax expense, net of the tax effect of the adjustments cited above (refer to the sections below entitled “Results of Operations” for further explanation).

The following table shows our reconciliation of net income to Adjusted Net Income for Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

January 30,

 

 

January 31,

 

 

February 1,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Reconciliation of net income to Adjusted Net Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

150,482

 

 

$

65,955

 

 

$

16,150

 

Net favorable lease amortization (a)

 

 

24,130

 

 

 

25,960

 

 

 

29,326

 

Costs related to debt amendments, secondary offerings,

   termination of advisory agreement and other (b)

 

 

247

 

 

 

2,412

 

 

 

23,026

 

Stock option modification expense (c)

 

 

1,368

 

 

 

2,940

 

 

 

10,418

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt (d)

 

 

649

 

 

 

74,347

 

 

 

16,094

 

Impairment charges (e)

 

 

6,111

 

 

 

2,579

 

 

 

3,180

 

Advisory fees (f)

 

 

105

 

 

 

185

 

 

 

2,909

 

Litigation accrual(g)

 

 

5,600

 

 

 

9,280

 

 

 

 

Tax effect (h)

 

 

(14,137

)

 

 

(45,081

)

 

 

(30,864

)

Adjusted Net Income

 

$

174,555

 

 

$

138,577

 

 

$

70,239

 

26


 

 

 

(a)

Net favorable lease amortization represents the non-cash amortization expense associated with favorable and unfavorable leases that were recorded as a result of purchase accounting related to the Merger Transaction, and are recorded in the line item “Depreciation and amortization” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(b)

Costs are primarily related to advisory and professional fees associated with Amendments No. 2 and No. 3 to our Term Loan Credit Agreement in February 2013 and May 2013, respectively, as well as fees associated with the termination of our advisory agreement with Bain Capital and costs associated with our secondary offerings.

(c)

Represents expenses incurred as a result of our May 2013 stock option modification. Refer to Note 12 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, “Stock-Based Compensation,” for further detail.

(d)

For Fiscal 2015, amounts relate to the May 2015 prepayment on our Term Loan Facility. For Fiscal 2014, amounts relate to our August 2014 debt refinancing, our April 2014 partial redemption of our Holdco Notes and excess cash flow payment of our Term Loan Facility. For Fiscal 2013, amounts relate to Amendment No. 3 to our Term Loan Credit Agreement in May 2013 and to the partial redemptions of our Holdco Notes in November 2013.

(e)

Represents impairment charges on long-lived assets.

(f)

For Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, amounts represent reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses that are payable to Bain Capital. For Fiscal 2013, amounts primarily represent the annual advisory fee of Bain Capital expensed during the fiscal periods in connection with our Advisory Agreement with Bain Capital which was terminated on October 2, 2013. All amounts are recorded in the line item “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. Refer to Note 18 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, “Related Party Transactions,” for further detail.

(g)

Represents amounts charged during the fourth quarters of Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014 for certain ongoing litigation matters.  Refer to Note 17 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, “Commitments and Contingencies.”

(h)

Tax effect is calculated based on the effective tax rates (before discrete items) for the respective periods, adjusted for the tax effect for the tax impact of items (a) through (g).

Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and should not be considered either in isolation or as a substitute for net income or other data prepared in accordance with GAAP. Some of these limitations include:

 

·

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;

 

·

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect losses on the extinguishment of debt;

 

·

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect costs related to debt amendments, secondary offerings or fees related to the termination of our advisory agreement with Bain Capital that were expensed during the fiscal periods;

 

·

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect expenses related to our May 2013 stock option modification;

 

·

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect annual advisory fees paid to Bain Capital that were expensed during the fiscal periods.

 

·

Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will likely have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA measures do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements;

 

·

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect impairment charges on long-lived assets;

 

·

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our income tax expense or the cash requirements to pay our taxes;

 

·

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect amounts charged during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2015 or Fiscal 2014 related to certain ongoing litigation matters; and

 

·

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect other unusual, non-recurring or extraordinary expenses, losses or charges.

For Fiscal 2015 Adjusted EBITDA improved $36.0 million to $484.0 million. For Fiscal 2014, Adjusted EBITDA increased $64.4 million to $448.1 million. These improvements in Adjusted EBITDA were the result of our improved gross margin, partially offset by increased selling, general and administrative expenses (refer to the sections below entitled “Results of Operations” for further explanation).

27


 

The following table shows our reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA for Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

January 30,

 

 

January 31,

 

 

February 1,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

150,482

 

 

$

65,955

 

 

$

16,150

 

Interest expense

 

 

58,999

 

 

 

83,745

 

 

 

127,739

 

Interest income

 

 

(25

)

 

 

(38

)

 

 

(222

)

Loss on extinguishment of debt (a)

 

 

649

 

 

 

74,347

 

 

 

16,094

 

Costs related to debt amendments, secondary offerings,

   termination of advisory agreement and other (b)

 

 

247

 

 

 

2,412

 

 

 

23,026

 

Stock option modification expense (c)

 

 

1,368

 

 

 

2,940

 

 

 

10,418

 

Advisory fees (d)

 

 

105

 

 

 

185

 

 

 

2,909

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

172,099

 

 

 

167,580

 

 

 

168,195

 

Impairment charges (e)

 

 

6,111

 

 

 

2,579

 

 

 

3,180

 

Litigation accrual (f)

 

 

5,600

 

 

 

9,280

 

 

 

 

Tax expense

 

 

88,394

 

 

 

39,081

 

 

 

16,208

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

484,029

 

 

$

448,066

 

 

$

383,697

 

 

(a)

For Fiscal 2015, amounts relate to the May 2015 prepayment on our Term Loan Facility. For Fiscal 2014, amounts relate to our August 2014 debt refinancing, our April 2014 partial redemption of our Holdco Notes and excess cash flow payment of our Term Loan Facility. For Fiscal 2013, amounts relate to Amendment No. 3 to our Term Loan Credit Agreement in May 2013 and to the partial redemptions of our Holdco Notes in November 2013.

(b)

Costs are primarily related to advisory and professional fees associated with Amendments No. 2 and No. 3 to our Term Loan Credit Agreement in February 2013 and May 2013, respectively, as well as fees associated with the termination of our advisory agreement with Bain Capital and costs associated with our secondary offerings.

(c)

Represents expenses incurred as a result of our May 2013 stock option modification. Refer to Note 12 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, “Stock-Based Compensation,” for further detail.

(d)

For Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, amounts represent reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses that are payable to Bain Capital. For Fiscal 2013, amounts primarily represent the annual advisory fee of Bain Capital expensed during the fiscal periods in connection with our Advisory Agreement with Bain Capital which was terminated on October 2, 2013. All amounts are recorded in the line item “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. Refer to Note 18 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, “Related Party Transactions,” for further detail.

(e)

Represents impairment charges on long-lived assets.

(f)

Represents amounts charged during the fourth quarters of Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014 for certain ongoing litigation matters.  Refer to Note 17 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, “Commitments and Contingencies.”

Comparable Store Sales. Comparable store sales measure performance of a store during the current reporting period against the performance of the same store in the corresponding period of the previous year. The method of calculating comparable store sales varies across the retail industry. As a result, our definition of comparable store sales may differ from other retailers.

We define comparable store sales as sales of those stores, including our online store, commencing on the first day of the fiscal month one year after the end of their grand opening activities, which normally conclude within the first two months of operations. The table below depicts our comparable store sales during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013.

 

 

 

Comparable

Store Sales

 

Fiscal 2015

 

 

2.1

%

Fiscal 2014

 

 

4.9

%

Fiscal 2013

 

 

4.7

%

 

Various factors affect comparable store sales, including, but not limited to, weather conditions, current economic conditions, the timing of our releases of new merchandise and promotional events, the general retail sales environment, consumer preferences and buying trends, changes in sales mix among distribution channels, competition, and the success of marketing programs.

Gross Margin. Gross margin is the difference between net sales and the cost of sales. Our cost of sales and gross margin may not be comparable to those of other entities, since some entities include all of the costs related to their buying and distribution

28


 

functions, and other costs, in cost of sales. We include certain of these costs in the line items “Selling, general and administrative expenses” and “Depreciation and amortization” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. We include in our “Cost of sales” line item all costs of merchandise (net of purchase discounts and certain vendor allowances), inbound freight, distribution center outbound freight and certain merchandise acquisition costs, primarily commissions and import fees. Gross margin as a percentage of net sales expanded approximately 30 basis points from 39.7% during Fiscal 2014 to 40.0% during Fiscal 2015, primarily driven by a reduction in markdown rate.  This improvement was offset by the approximate 30 basis point increase in product sourcing costs that are included in the line item “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. Gross margin as a percentage of net sales during Fiscal 2013 was 39.1%.

Inventory. Inventory at January 30, 2016 decreased to $783.5 million from $788.7 million at January 31, 2015. This decrease was primarily driven by a decrease in our comparable store inventory of approximately 6% as a result of our ongoing initiative to reduce inventory levels and increase inventory turnover, and a decrease in our pack-and-hold inventory of approximately $16 million.  These decreases were partially offset by our 25 net new stores opened since January 31, 2015.

In order to better serve our customers and maximize sales, we continue to refine our merchandising mix and inventory levels within our stores. By appropriately managing our inventories, we believe we will be better able to deliver a continual flow of fresh merchandise to our customers. We continue to move toward more productive inventories by increasing the amount of current inventory as a percent of total inventory.

Comparable store inventory turnover is a measure that indicates how efficiently inventory is bought and sold. It measures the freshness of our store inventory. This is significant because usually the longer the inventory is sitting in stores, the more likely markdowns may be required to sell the inventory. Comparable store inventory turnover is calculated by dividing comparable store sales by the average comparable store retail value of inventory for the period being measured. The calculation is based on a rolling 13 month average of inventory and the last 12 months’ comparable sales. Our comparable store inventory turnover rate (exclusive of warehouse inventory) improved to 5.3 turns per year during Fiscal 2015 compared with 4.9 turns per year during Fiscal 2014.

Store Payroll as a Percentage of Net Sales. Store payroll as a percentage of net sales measures our ability to manage our payroll in accordance with increases or decreases in net sales. The method of calculating store payroll varies across the retail industry. As a result, our store payroll as a percentage of net sales may differ from other retailers. We define store payroll as regular and overtime payroll for all store personnel as well as regional and territory personnel, exclusive of payroll charges related to corporate and warehouse employees. Store payroll as a percentage of net sales was 8.6% during Fiscal 2015 compared with 8.8% during Fiscal 2014 and 9.1% during Fiscal 2013. The improvement in store payroll as a percentage of net sales was primarily driven by the benefit from efficiencies realized in our stores as we continue to simplify operating procedures and improve the execution within store operations.

Liquidity.  Liquidity measures our ability to generate cash. Management measures liquidity through cash flow and working capital position. Cash flow is the measure of cash generated from or used in operating, financing, and investing activities. Cash and cash equivalents decreased $4.4 million during Fiscal 2015, resulting in a cash and cash equivalent balance of $20.9 million as of January 30, 2016 compared with a decrease in cash and cash equivalents of $107.6 million during Fiscal 2014. The improvement in our cash flow was primarily driven by the net changes in our debt obligations resulting from our August 2014 debt refinancing and our May term loan repayment as well as our improved operating results. In addition, there was a reduction in our capital expenditures related to the completion of our new corporate headquarters during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2014 and store expenditures (new stores, store refreshes and remodels and other store expenditures), partially offset by an increase in expenditures to support our supply chain initiatives. These increases were partially offset by repurchases of our common stock, changes in our accounts payable resulting from the timing of our inventory purchases, changes in our incentive compensation as well as changes in our prepaid rent due to the timing of our rental payments in relation to our fiscal calendar. Refer to the section below entitled “Liquidity and Capital Resources” for further explanation.

Changes in working capital also impact our cash flows. Working capital at January 30, 2016 was $18.6 million compared with $26.6 million at January 31, 2015. The decrease in working capital was primarily related to the classification of our deferred tax assets as long-term as of January 30, 2016 as a result of our prospective adoption of ASU 2015-17.  In addition, we experienced decreases in our accounts receivable and inventories as noted above.  These decreases were partially offset by the fluctuation in our accounts payable as previously noted, a decrease in our income taxes payable and a reduction of our accrued incentive compensation.

29


 

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth certain items in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

Percentage of Net Sales

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

January 30,

 

 

January 31,

 

 

February 1,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Net sales

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

Other revenue

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

0.8

 

Total revenue

 

 

100.6

 

 

 

100.7

 

 

 

100.8

 

Cost of sales

 

 

60.0

 

 

 

60.3

 

 

 

60.9

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

31.3

 

 

 

31.6

 

 

 

31.4

 

Costs related to debt amendments, secondary offerings, termination of

   advisory agreement and other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.5

 

Restructuring and separation costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.1

 

Stock option modification expense

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

0.2

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

3.4

 

 

 

3.4

 

 

 

3.8

 

Impairment charges-long-lived assets

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

0.1

 

Other income—net

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

(0.2

)

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

0.3

 

Interest expense (inclusive of gain (loss) on interest rate cap agreements)

 

 

1.2

 

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

2.9

 

Total cost and expenses

 

 

96.0

 

 

 

98.5

 

 

 

100.0

 

Income before income tax expense

 

 

4.6

 

 

 

2.2

 

 

 

0.8

 

Income tax expense

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

0.8

 

 

 

0.4

 

Net income

 

 

2.9

%

 

 

1.4

%

 

 

0.4

%

 

Performance for Fiscal Year (52 weeks) Ended January 30, 2016 (Fiscal 2015) Compared with Fiscal Year (52 weeks) Ended January 31, 2015 (Fiscal 2014)

Net sales

Net sales improved $284.4 million, or 5.9%, to $5,098.9 million, primarily attributable to the following:

 

·

an increase of $198.2 million from new stores opened during Fiscal 2015 and stores previously opened that were not included in our comparable store sales; and

 

·

an increase in comparable store sales of $100.2 million, or 2.1%, to $4,829.3 million; partially offset by

 

·

a $14.0 million decrease related to the net impact of closed stores and other sales adjustments.

We believe that the comparable store sales increase was primarily due to our improved execution of our off-price model. Our ability to achieve a positive comparable store sales despite the weather demonstrates the progress we are making toward de-weathering our business, which continues to be a goal for us.  We also benefited from the transition of our fragrance sales from rental income from leased department to an owned business, as discussed below.

Other revenue

Other revenue (consisting of rental income from leased departments, subleased rental income, layaway, alterations, other service charges and miscellaneous revenue items) decreased $4.2 million to $30.9 million, primarily driven by a reduction in rental income from third party fragrance sales. During Fiscal 2015, we began the conversion of our fragrance business, which was previously operated under a licensing arrangement, to an owned category which is recorded in the line item “Net sales” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.  By the end of the first quarter of Fiscal 2016, we expect fragrances will be exclusively an owned business.  

Cost of sales

Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales increased approximately 30 basis points to 60.0% during Fiscal 2015, primarily driven by a reduction in markdown rate. This improvement was offset by the approximate 30 basis point increase in product sourcing costs,

30


 

which are included in the line item “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. On a dollar basis, cost of sales increased $158.8 million, or 5.5%, primarily driven by our overall increase in sales, partially offset by the reduction in markdown rate.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales improved approximately 30 basis points during Fiscal 2015 as referenced to the table below:

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

January 30,

 

 

Percentage

of

 

 

January 31,

 

 

Percentage

of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

 

Net Sales

 

 

2015

 

 

Net Sales

 

 

$ Variance

 

 

% Change

 

Store related costs

 

$

1,057.7

 

 

 

20.7

%

 

$

1,008.1

 

 

 

20.9

%

 

$

49.6

 

 

 

4.9

%

Product sourcing costs

 

 

229.4

 

 

 

4.5

 

 

 

204.1

 

 

 

4.2

 

 

 

25.3

 

 

 

12.4

 

Corporate costs

 

 

155.7

 

 

 

3.1

 

 

 

158.3

 

 

 

3.3

 

 

 

(2.6

)

 

 

(1.6

)

Marketing and strategy costs

 

 

94.5

 

 

 

1.9

 

 

 

94.7

 

 

 

2.0

 

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

(0.2

)

Other selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

60.4

 

 

 

1.1

 

 

 

55.7

 

 

 

1.2

 

 

 

4.7

 

 

 

8.4

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

$

1,597.7

 

 

 

31.3

%

 

$

1,520.9

 

 

 

31.6

%

 

$

76.8

 

 

 

5.0

%

 

Store related costs as a percentage of net sales improved approximately 20 basis points during Fiscal 2015, driven by a 10 basis point expense leverage achieved in store payroll and a 10 basis point improvement driven by a reduction of incentive compensation. On a dollar basis, the $49.6 million increase was primarily driven by our 25 net new stores that opened during Fiscal 2015 as well as stores that opened during Fiscal 2014, but did not operate for the full fiscal year.

Product sourcing costs as a percentage of net sales increased approximately 30 basis points during Fiscal 2015, which offset the improvement in cost of sales as noted above. The increase in product sourcing costs as a percentage of net sales was driven by an increase in our supply chain and merchandising costs, which were partially offset by a reduction in incentive compensation.

Corporate costs as a percentage of net sales improved approximately 20 basis points during Fiscal 2015 driven by a reduction of incentive compensation of approximately 20 basis points and a reduction in legal expenses related to certain ongoing litigation matters of approximately 10 basis points, partially offset by an increase in stock based compensation of approximately 10 basis points.  

Costs related to debt amendments, secondary offerings, termination of advisory agreement and other

During Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, costs related to debt amendments, secondary offerings, termination of advisory agreement and other totaled $0.2 million and $2.4 million, respectively, and were primarily related to our secondary offerings.  Refer to Note 1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” for further details on our secondary offerings.

Stock option modification expense

In May 2013, our Board of Directors, in order to mitigate the impact of the dividend on our option holders in connection with the issuance of the Holdco Notes and the related $336.0 million dividend in February 2013, approved a modification to the outstanding options, through a combination of exercise price reductions and cash payments to the option holders. Based on the terms of the modification, we will be required to make cash payments over the option holders’ vesting periods, which vary through the fiscal year ended February 3, 2018. During Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, we recorded $0.3 million and $0.6 million, respectively, of expense related to these payments. We expect to recognize the remaining expense of $0.1 million and less than $0.1 million during the fiscal years ended January 28, 2017 and February 3, 2018, respectively.

Additionally, upon application of modification accounting for the reduction in strike prices, which contemplates fair value of awards both before and after the modification, incremental non-cash stock option expense is expected to be recognized over the option holders’ vesting periods, which vary through the fiscal year ended February 3, 2018. During Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, we recognized $1.1 million and $2.3 million, respectively, of incremental non-cash stock option expense. We expect to recognize the remaining non-cash stock option modification expense of $0.5 million and $0.1 million during the fiscal years ended January 28, 2017 and February 3, 2018, respectively.

31


 

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense related to the depreciation and amortization of fixed assets and the amortization of favorable and unfavorable leases amounted to $172.1 million during Fiscal 2015 compared with $167.6 million during Fiscal 2014. The increase in depreciation and amortization expense was primarily driven by our 25 net new stores that opened during Fiscal 2015 and stores that opened during Fiscal 2014, but did not operate for the full fiscal year, as well as our new corporate headquarters, which opened during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2014.

Impairment charges—long-lived assets

Impairment charges related to long-lived assets were $6.1 million and $2.6 million during Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, respectively. We recorded impairment charges related to store-level assets for five stores during Fiscal 2015 and three stores during Fiscal 2014. During Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, we also recorded impairment charges for capital expenditures for previously impaired stores. Refer to Note 6 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, “Impairment Charges,” for further discussion.

The recoverability assessment related to these store-level assets requires various judgments and estimates including estimates related to future revenues, gross margin rates, store expenses and other assumptions. We base these estimates upon our past and expected future performance. We believe our estimates are appropriate in light of current market conditions. However, future impairment charges could be required if we do not achieve our current revenue or cash flow projections for each store.

Other income, net

Other income, net (consisting of investment income, gains and losses on disposition of assets, breakage income and other miscellaneous items) decreased $4.9 million to $5.9 million during Fiscal 2015. The decrease in other income was primarily driven by a favorable $3.2 million one-time legal settlement during Fiscal 2014.  Refer to Note 1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” for further discussion.

Loss on extinguishment of debt

During Fiscal 2015, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $0.6 million as a result of the May 1, 2015 prepayment on our Term Loan Facility.  During Fiscal 2014, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $74.3 million, primarily driven by a $70.3 million loss as a result of our August 2014 refinancing transactions and a $3.6 million loss as a result of the April 4, 2014 partial redemption of our Holdco Notes.

Interest expense

Interest expense improved $24.7 million to $59.0 million, primarily driven by our August 2014 debt refinancing, our $58.0 million prepayment on our Holdco Notes in April 2014 and our $30.0 million and $50.0 million principal payments on our Term Loan Facility in January 2015 and May 2015, respectively.  These improvements were partially offset by an increase in the outstanding borrowings on our ABL Line of Credit during the respective periods.

Our average interest rates and average balances related to our Term Loan and our ABL Line of Credit for Fiscal 2015 compared with Fiscal 2014 are summarized in the table below:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

January 30,

 

 

January 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Average interest rate – ABL Line of Credit

 

 

1.6

%

 

 

1.8

%

Average interest rate – Term Loan Facility

 

 

4.3

%

 

 

4.3

%

Average balance – ABL Line of Credit

 

$       199.3 million

 

 

$        87.7 million

 

Average balance – Term Loan Facility

 

$    1,129.4 million

 

 

$   1,004.2 million

 

 

Income tax expense

Income tax expense was $88.4 million for Fiscal 2015 compared with $39.1 million for Fiscal 2014. The effective tax rate was 37.0% related to pre-tax income of $238.9 million for Fiscal 2015, and the effective tax rate was 37.2% related to pre-tax income of $105.0 million for Fiscal 2014. The decrease in the effective tax rate was primarily driven by a decrease in state tax rate.

32


 

Net income  

We earned net income of $150.5 million during Fiscal 2015 compared with net income of $66.0 million for Fiscal 2014. The improvement in our net income was primarily driven by our improved gross margin, a decrease in losses incurred on the extinguishment of our debt and a decrease in our interest expense, partially offset by increased selling, general and administrative expenses and income tax expense.

Performance for Fiscal Year (52 weeks) Ended January 31, 2015 (Fiscal 2014) Compared with Fiscal Year (52 weeks) Ended February 1, 2014 (Fiscal 2013)

Net Sales

We experienced an increase in net sales for Fiscal 2014 of $387.0 million, or 8.7%, to $4,814.5 million. This increase was primarily attributable to the following:

 

·

an increase in comparable store sales of $215.0 million, or 4.9%, to $4,569.0 million; and

 

·

an increase of $185.2 million from new stores opened during Fiscal 2014 and stores previously opened that were not included in our comparable store sales; partially offset by

 

·

a $13.2 million decrease related to the net impact of closed stores and other sales adjustments.

We believe that the comparable store sales increase was primarily due to our improved merchandise content and customer experience initiatives.

Other Revenue

Other revenue increased $0.6 million to $35.1 million for Fiscal 2014 compared with $34.5 million for Fiscal 2013, driven by increased layaway sales volume.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales improved approximately 60 basis points during Fiscal 2014 driven by improved execution. This improvement was partially offset by an approximate 40 basis point increase in product sourcing costs, which are included in the line item “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. On a dollar basis, cost of sales increased $204.9 million, or 7.6%, during Fiscal 2014, primarily driven by our overall increase in sales.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales increased to 31.6% during Fiscal 2014 driven by an increase in product sourcing costs, higher incentive compensation accruals and deterioration as a result of a legal accrual established during Fiscal 2014. These increases were partially offset by positive leverage achieved from comparable store sales and from store payroll initiatives executed during Fiscal 2014.

33


 

During Fiscal 2015, we changed the presentation of the amounts included within selling, general and administrative expenses in order to align our external reporting of these costs with how they are reviewed by senior management. Prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. Selling, general and administrative expenses are summarized in the table below:

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

January 31,

 

 

Percentage

of

 

 

February 1,

 

 

Percentage

of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

Net Sales

 

 

2014

 

 

Net Sales

 

 

$ Variance

 

 

% Change

 

Store related costs

 

$

1,008.1

 

 

 

20.9

%

 

$

942.8

 

 

 

21.2

%

 

$

65.3

 

 

 

6.9

%

Product sourcing costs

 

 

204.1

 

 

 

4.2

 

 

 

168.1

 

 

 

3.8

 

 

 

36.0

 

 

 

21.4

 

Corporate costs

 

 

158.3

 

 

 

3.3

 

 

 

132.0

 

 

 

3.0

 

 

 

26.3

 

 

 

19.9

 

Marketing and strategy costs

 

 

94.7

 

 

 

2.0

 

 

 

93.0

 

 

 

2.1

 

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

1.8

 

Other selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

55.7

 

 

 

1.2

 

 

 

55.9

 

 

 

1.3

 

 

 

(0.2)

 

 

 

(0.4)

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

$

1,520.9

 

 

 

31.6

%

 

$

1,391.8

 

 

 

31.4

%

 

$

129.1

 

 

 

9.3

%

 

Store related costs as a percentage of net sales improved approximately 30 basis points during Fiscal 2014. This improvement was driven by positive leverage from our 4.9% increase in comparable store sales and reductions in store payroll of approximately 30 basis points driven by initiatives executed during Fiscal 2014.

On a dollar basis, the $65.3 million increase in store related costs was primarily driven by our 21 net new stores that have opened during Fiscal 2014 as well as stores that opened during Fiscal 2013, but did not operate for a full Fiscal 2013.

Product sourcing costs as a percentage of net sales increased approximately 40 basis points during Fiscal 2014. The increase in product sourcing costs as a percentage of net sales was driven by an increase in our supply chain and merchandising costs, inclusive of incentive compensation accruals, of approximately $35.3 million.

Corporate costs as a percentage of net sales increased approximately 30 basis points during Fiscal 2014 driven by an increase in our legal accrual of approximately 20 basis points, or $12.0 million on a dollar basis, for Song Beverly litigation as further described in Footnote 17, “Commitments and Contingencies,” and an increase in our incentive compensation accruals of approximately 10 basis points, or $8.5 million on a dollar basis, as a result of our operating results during Fiscal 2014 compared with Fiscal 2013.

Costs Related to Debt Amendments, Secondary Offerings, Termination of Advisory Agreement and Other

During Fiscal 2014, costs related to debt amendments, secondary offerings, termination of advisory agreement and other totaled $2.4 million, primarily driven by $1.8 million of costs associated with the Secondary Offerings. Refer to Note 1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” for further details on our Secondary Offerings.

During Fiscal 2013, costs related to debt amendments, secondary offerings, termination of advisory agreement and other totaled $23.0 million, primarily related to $10.1 million of fees associated with the termination of our Advisory Agreement with Bain Capital, and $8.9 million and $2.6 million related to Amendments No. 2 and No. 3 to our Term Loan Credit Agreement in February 2013 and May 2013, respectively. Refer to Note 7, “Long Term Debt,” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further details on our amendments to our Term Loan Credit Agreement and Note 18, “Related Party Transactions,” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further details on the termination of our Advisory Agreement with Bain Capital.

Stock Option Modification Expense

During Fiscal 2014, we recorded $0.6 million of expense related to cash payments and $2.3 million of incremental non-cash stock option expense related to our May 2013 stock option modification.  

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization amounted to $167.6 million during Fiscal 2014 compared with $168.2 million during Fiscal 2013. The decrease in depreciation and amortization expense was primarily driven by the expiration dates of certain of our favorable leases, partially offset by our 21 net new stores that opened during Fiscal 2014.

34


 

Impairment Charges—Long-Lived Assets

Impairment charges related to long-lived assets were $2.6 million and $3.2 million during Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively. We recorded impairment charges related to store-level assets for three stores during Fiscal 2014 and seven stores during Fiscal 2013. During Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, we also recorded impairment charges for capital expenditures for previously impaired stores. Refer to Note 6 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, “Impairment Charges,” for further discussion.

Other Income, Net

Other income, net increased $1.8 million to $10.8 million during Fiscal 2014 compared with Fiscal 2013. The increase in other income was due to a favorable $3.2 million one-time legal settlement during Fiscal 2014, partially offset by a decrease in breakage income as a result of a change in the redemption patterns of gift card usage. Refer to Note 1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” for further discussion.

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

During Fiscal 2014, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $74.3 million, primarily driven by a $70.3 million loss as a result of our August 2014 refinancing transactions and a $3.6 million loss as a result of the April 4, 2014 partial redemption of our Holdco Notes. During Fiscal 2013, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $16.1 million, primarily driven by our November 2013 and January 2014 partial repayments on our Holdco Notes and Amendment No. 3 to our Term Loan Credit Agreement in May 2013. Refer to Note 7, “Long Term Debt,” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further details on our debt transactions.

Interest Expense

Interest expense was $83.7 million for Fiscal 2014 compared with $127.7 million for Fiscal 2013. The $44.0 million decrease in interest expense was primarily driven by our principal repayments during Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014 and our August 2014 debt refinancing where we replaced our higher-interest rate Senior Notes and Holdco Notes with lower-interest rate Term B-3 Loans. The decrease in our interest expense during Fiscal 2014 was driven by the following:

 

·

a decrease of $21.8 million as a result of the $221.8 million, $58.0 million and $70.2 million redemptions of our Holdco Notes in November 2013, April 2014 and August 2014, respectively;

 

·

a decrease of $20.9 million as a result of the $450.0 million redemption of our Senior Notes in August 2014; and

 

·

a decrease of $3.5 million in amortization of deferred debt fees related to the redemptions described above; partially offset by

 

·

an increase of $2.2 million related to our Term Loan Facility as a result of August 2014 refinancing which increased the principal balance outstanding on our Term Loan Facility from $830.6 million to $1,200.0 million.

Our average interest rates and average balances related to our Term Loan and our ABL Line of Credit for Fiscal 2014 compared with Fiscal 2013 are summarized in the table below:

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

January 31, 2015

 

February 1, 2014

 

Average Interest Rate—ABL Line of Credit

1.8%

2.1%

Average Interest Rate—Term Loan

4.3%

4.6%

Average Balance—ABL Line of Credit

$ 87.7 million

$ 35.4 million

Average Balance—Term Loan

$1,004.2 million

$869.2 million

 

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense was $39.1 million for Fiscal 2014 compared with income tax expense of $16.2 million for Fiscal 2013. The effective tax rate was 37.2% related to pre-tax income of $105.0 million for Fiscal 2014, and the effective tax rate was 50.1% related to pre-tax income of $32.4 million for Fiscal 2013. The decrease in the effective tax rate for Fiscal 2014 was primarily due to the benefit of state credits relating to our new corporate headquarters of $2.5 million and a non-recurring expense of $2.7 million in the prior year relating to the write-off of deferred tax assets relating to stock compensation. Refer to Note 17 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, “Income Taxes,” for further discussion.

35


 

Net Income

We earned net income of $66.0 million during Fiscal 2014 compared with $16.2 million for Fiscal 2013. The increase in our net income position was primarily driven by our improved gross margin, partially offset by increased selling, general and administrative expenses.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our ability to satisfy interest payment obligations on our outstanding debt will depend largely on our future performance which, in turn, is subject to prevailing economic conditions and to financial, business and other factors beyond our control. If we do not have sufficient cash flow to service interest payment obligations on our outstanding indebtedness and if we cannot borrow or obtain equity financing to satisfy those obligations, our business and results of operations will be materially adversely affected. We cannot be assured that any replacement borrowing or equity financing could be successfully completed on terms similar to our current financing agreements, or at all.

We closely monitor our net sales, gross margin, expenses and working capital. We have performed scenario planning such that if our net sales decline, we have identified variable costs that could be reduced to partially mitigate the impact of these declines. We believe that cash generated from operations, along with our existing cash and our ABL Line of Credit, will be sufficient to fund our expected cash flow requirements and planned capital expenditures for at least the next twelve months as well as the foreseeable future. However, there can be no assurance that we would be able to offset declines in our comparable store sales with savings initiatives in the event that the economy declines.

Cash Flows

Cash Flows for Fiscal 2015 Compared with Fiscal 2014

We used $4.4 million of cash flows during Fiscal 2015 compared with $107.6 million during Fiscal 2014.  

Net cash provided by operating activities amounted to $327.5 million and $302.3 million during Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, respectively. The increase was primarily driven by our improved operating results, inclusive of the impact of our August 2014 debt refinancing and changes in our incentive compensation. Partially offsetting these increases were changes in our accounts payable resulting from the timing of our inventory purchases and changes in our prepaid rent due to the timing of our rental payments in relation to our fiscal calendar.

Net cash used in investing activities was $194.7 million and $216.5 million during Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, respectively. This change was primarily the result of reductions in capital expenditures related to our new corporate headquarters which was completed during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2014 and store expenditures (new stores, store refreshes and remodels and other store expenditures), partially offset by an increase in expenditures to support our supply chain initiatives.

Net cash used in financing activities was $137.2 million during Fiscal 2015 compared to $193.5 million during Fiscal 2014. This change in cash was primarily related to the net change in our debt obligations resulting from our August 2014 debt refinancing and our Term Loan Facility prepayment in May 2015, as well as a reduction in our deferred financing costs, partially offset by repurchases of our common stock.

Cash flow and working capital levels assist management in measuring our ability to meet our cash requirements. Changes in working capital also impact our cash flows. Working capital at January 30, 2016 was $18.6 million compared with $26.6 million at January 31, 2015. Refer to the previous section entitled “Key Performance Measures” for explanation of the changes in our working capital.  

Cash Flows for Fiscal 2014 Compared with Fiscal 2013

Net cash provided by operating activities amounted to $302.3 million and $289.4 million during Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively. The increase was primarily driven by our improved operating results, partially offset by changes in our working capital.

Net cash used in investing activities was $216.5 million and $164.8 million during Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively. This change was the result of an increase in capital expenditures, primarily related to the construction of our new corporate headquarters and store expenditures (refer to the section below entitled “Capital Expenditures” for further details).

36


 

Net cash used in financing activities was $193.5 million during Fiscal 2014 compared with $34.9 million during Fiscal 2013. This decrease in cash was primarily related to the following:

 

·

a $450.0 million decrease related to the repayment of our Senior Notes during Fiscal 2014;

 

·

a $249.4 million decrease related to net repayments on our Holdco Notes ($128.2 million of repayments during Fiscal 2014 compared with $121.2 million of net proceeds during Fiscal 2013); and

 

·

a $236.9 million decrease related to the change in net proceeds from the Offering (zero net proceeds during Fiscal 2014 compared with $236.9 million net proceeds during Fiscal 2013); partially offset by

 

·

a $363.0 million increase related to net borrowings on our Term Loan Facility ($326.5 million net borrowings on our Term Loan Facility during Fiscal 2014 compared with $36.5 million repayments during Fiscal 2013);

 

·

a $336.0 million decrease in dividends paid (zero dividends paid during Fiscal 2014 compared with $336.0 million of dividends paid during Fiscal 2013);

 

·

a $63.3 million increase in borrowings on our ABL Line of Credit ($63.3 million of net proceeds during Fiscal 2014 compared with proceeds equaling borrowings during Fiscal 2013);

 

·

a $15.5 million increase related to our excess tax benefit from stock based compensation during Fiscal 2014; and

 

·

an $8.4 million decrease in deferred financing costs ($13.7 million during Fiscal 2014 compared with $22.1 million during Fiscal 2013).

Cash flow and working capital levels assist management in measuring our ability to meet our cash requirements. Changes in working capital also impact our cash flows. Working capital at January 30, 2016 decreased $54.0 million to $26.6 million from $80.6 million at February 1, 2014. The decrease in working capital was primarily attributable to a decrease in our cash and cash equivalents as discussed above, an increase on our accounts payable resulting from the timing of our inventory purchases and our 21 net new stores opened during Fiscal 2014 and an increase in our legal accruals, partially offset by an increase in our inventories as discussed above and the $58.0 million redemption of our Holdco Notes on April 4, 2014.

Capital Expenditures

For Fiscal 2015, cash spend for capital expenditures, net of $41.8 million of landlord allowances, amounted to $160.0 million. These capital expenditures include approximately $61 million, net of the previously mentioned landlord allowances, for store expenditures (new stores, store refreshes and remodels and other store expenditures).  In addition, we made capital expenditures of approximately $50 million to support our supply chain initiatives, approximately $13 million related to the renovation of our previous corporate headquarters as part of the build-out of our corporate campus and the rest to support information technology and other business initiatives. We incurred cash spend on capital expenditures of $182.6 million, net of approximately $38.4 million of landlord allowances, during Fiscal 2014.

We estimate that we will spend $145 million to $150 million, net of approximately $30 million of landlord allowances, in capital expenditures during Fiscal 2015, including $85 million to $90 million, net of the previously mentioned landlord allowances, for store expenditures (new stores, store refreshes and remodels and other store expenditures).  In addition, we estimate that we will spend approximately $17 million to support our supply chain initiatives, with the remaining capital used to support our information technology and other business initiatives.

Share Repurchase Programs

On June 9, 2015, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to $200 million of our common stock, which we fully utilized during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2015. On November 24, 2015, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to an additional $200 million of our common stock. This share repurchase program will be funded using the Company’s available cash and is authorized to be executed through November 2017.

During Fiscal 2015, the Company repurchased 3,944,102 shares of common stock for $200.4 million under the share repurchase programs. As of January 30, 2016, we had $199.6 million available for purchase under this share repurchase program.

We are authorized to repurchase shares of our outstanding common stock from time to time on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions under our repurchase programs. The timing and amount of stock repurchases will depend on a variety of factors, including the market conditions as well as corporate and regulatory considerations. Our share repurchase programs may be

37


 

suspended, modified or discontinued at any time and we have no obligation to repurchase any amount of our common stock under the programs.

Dividends

We currently do, and intend to continue to, retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund all of the Company's capital expenditures, business initiatives, and to support any potential opportunistic capital structure initiatives. Therefore, at this time, we do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the near term. Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock will be limited by restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions under the terms of current and any future agreements governing our indebtedness. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors, subject to compliance with covenants in our current and future agreements governing our indebtedness, and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant.

In addition, since we are a holding company, substantially all of the assets shown on our consolidated balance sheets are held by our subsidiaries. Accordingly, our earnings, cash flow and ability to pay dividends are largely dependent upon the earnings and cash flows of our subsidiaries and the distribution or other payment of such earnings to us in the form of dividends.

Debt

As of January 30, 2016, our obligations include $1,112.6 million, inclusive of original issue discount, under our Term Loan Facility and $167.4 million under our ABL Line of Credit.

Term Loan Facility

We elected to make a prepayment of $50.0 million on our Term Loan Facility on May 1, 2015, which offset the mandatory quarterly payments through May 1, 2021. As a result of this transaction, we recognized a non-cash loss on the partial extinguishment of debt of $0.6 million, representing the write-off of $0.4 million and $0.2 million in deferred financing costs and unamortized original issue discount, respectively, which was recorded in the line item “Loss on extinguishment of debt” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

At January 30, 2016, our borrowing rate related to the Term Loan Facility was 4.25%.

ABL Line of Credit

During Fiscal 2015, we made net borrowings on our ABL Line of Credit of $104.1 million to make the $50.0 million prepayment on our Term Loan Facility, our $200.4 million of share repurchases under our share repurchase programs described above and for general working capital requirements.

At January 30, 2016, we had $335.4 million available under the Amended ABL Line of Credit and $167.4 million of outstanding borrowings. The maximum borrowings under the facility during Fiscal 2015 amounted to $350.0 million. Average borrowings during Fiscal 2015 amounted to $199.3 million at an average interest rate of 1.6%.

38


 

Certain Information Concerning Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our obligations to make future payments under current contracts as of January 30, 2016:

 

 

 

Payments Due By Period

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Less Than

1 Year

 

 

2-3 Years

 

 

4-5 Years

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Debt Obligations

 

$

1,284,400

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

167,400

 

 

$

1,117,000

 

Interest on Debt Obligations(1)

 

 

278,281

 

 

 

51,288

 

 

 

103,499

 

 

 

97,781

 

 

 

25,713

 

Financing of Interest Rate Cap Contracts(2)

 

 

17,743

 

 

 

5,323

 

 

 

10,646

 

 

 

1,774

 

 

 

 

Capital Lease Obligations(3)

 

 

39,207

 

 

 

3,592

 

 

 

8,135

 

 

 

7,883

 

 

 

19,597

 

Operating Lease Obligations(4)

 

 

2,301,290

 

 

 

302,755

 

 

 

594,876

 

 

 

448,213

 

 

 

955,446

 

Purchase Obligations(5)

 

 

622,970

 

 

 

622,970

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other(6)

 

 

1,267

 

 

 

1,267

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

4,545,158

 

 

$

987,195

 

 

$

717,156

 

 

$

723,051

 

 

$

2,117,756

 

 

(1)

The average interest rates during Fiscal 2015 related to the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and ABL Line of Credit were 4.3% and 1.6%, respectively.

(2)

Represents the financing of our interest rate cap contracts, which will be amortized through the life of the caps, which is May 31, 2019.   Amounts are included in the line item “Cash payments for interest rate cap contracts” in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

(3)

Capital Lease Obligations include future interest payments.

(4)

Represents minimum rent payments for operating leases under the current terms.

(5)

Represents commitments to purchase goods that have not been received as of January 30, 2016. The table above excludes statements of work for services used in our business of up to $141.7 million over the next five years.

(6)

Represents severance payments in the normal course of business that are included in the line item “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Our agreements with each of three former employees (including our former President and Chief Executive Officer) to pay their beneficiaries $1.0 million upon their deaths for a total of $3.0 million is not reflected in the table above because the timing of the payments is unpredictable.

The table above excludes ASC Topic No. 740 “Income Taxes” (Topic No. 740) liabilities which represent uncertain tax positions related to temporary differences. The total Topic No. 740 liability was $10.6 million exclusive of $13.4 million of interest and penalties included in our total Topic No. 740 liability neither of which is presented in the table above as we are not certain if and when these payments would be required.

The table above excludes our irrevocable letters of credit guaranteeing payment and performance under certain leases, insurance contracts, debt agreements, merchandising agreements and utility agreements in the amount of $41.3 million as of January 30, 2016.

The table above excludes the payment of the cash portion of our stock option modification in the amount of $0.1 million as of January 30, 2016 as we are not certain if payments would be required based on the vesting requirements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. We believe there are several accounting policies that are critical to understanding our historical and future performance as these policies affect the reported amounts of revenues and other significant areas that involve management’s judgments and estimates. The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect (i) the reported amounts of assets and liabilities; (ii) the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements; and (iii) the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments, including those related to revenue recognition, inventories and insurance reserves. Historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances form the basis for making estimates and judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. A critical accounting estimate meets two criteria: (1) it requires assumptions about highly uncertain matters and (2) there would be a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements from either using a different,

39


 

although reasonable, amount within the range of the estimate in the current period or from reasonably likely period-to-period changes in the estimate.

While there are a number of accounting policies, methods and estimates affecting our Consolidated Financial Statements as addressed in Note 1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” areas that are particularly critical and significant include:

Revenue Recognition. We record revenue at the time of sale and delivery of merchandise, net of allowances for estimated future returns. We present sales, net of sales taxes, in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. We account for layaway sales and leased department revenue in accordance with ASC Topic No. 605 “Revenue Recognition.” Layaway sales are recognized upon delivery of merchandise to the customer. The amount of cash received upon initiation of the layaway is recorded as a deposit liability within the line item “Other current liabilities” in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Store value cards (gift cards and store credits issued for merchandise returns) are recorded as a liability at the time of issuance, and the related sale is recorded upon redemption.

We estimate and recognize store value card breakage income in proportion to actual store value card redemptions and record such income in the line item “Other income, net” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. We determine an estimated store value card breakage rate by continuously evaluating historical redemption data. Breakage income is recognized on a monthly basis in proportion to the historical redemption patterns for those store value cards for which the likelihood of redemption is remote.

Inventory. Our inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market using the retail inventory method. Under the retail inventory method, the valuation of inventory and the resulting gross margin are determined by applying a calculated cost to retail ratio to the retail value of inventory. The retail inventory method is an averaging method that results in valuing inventory at the lower of cost or market provided markdowns are taken timely to reduce the retail value of inventory. Inherent in the retail inventory method calculation are certain significant management judgments and estimates including merchandise markon, markups, markdowns and shrinkage, which significantly impact the ending inventory valuation as well as the resulting gross margin. Management believes that our retail inventory method provides an inventory valuation which approximates cost using a first-in, first-out assumption and results in carrying value at the lower of cost or market. We reserve for aged inventory based on historical trends and specific identification. Our aged inventory reserve contains uncertainties as the calculations require management to make assumptions and to apply judgment regarding a number of factors, including market conditions, the selling environment, historical results and current inventory trends. A 1% change in the dollar amount of markdowns would have resulted in an increase in markdown expense of approximately $2.6 million for Fiscal 2015.

Typically, estimates are used to record inventory shrinkage at retail stores for the first three quarters of a fiscal year. Actual physical inventories are typically conducted annually during the second or fourth quarter to calculate actual shrinkage. While we make estimates on the basis of the best information available to us at the time the estimates are made, over accruals or under accruals of shrinkage may be identified as a result of the physical inventory counts, requiring adjustments. During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2015, we recorded a shrinkage adjustments loss of $3.5 million as a result of actual shrink being more than what we had estimated.  During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, we recorded shrinkage adjustments gains of $10.0 million and $3.8 million, respectively, as a result of actual shrink being less than what we had estimated.

Insurance Reserves. We have risk participation agreements with insurance carriers with respect to workers’ compensation, general liability insurance and health insurance. Pursuant to these arrangements, we are responsible for paying individual claims up to designated dollar limits. The amounts included in our costs related to these claims are estimated and can vary based on changes in assumptions or claims experience included in the associated insurance programs. For example, changes in legal trends and interpretations, as well as changes in the nature and method of how claims are settled, can impact ultimate costs. An increase in workers’ compensation claims by employees, health insurance claims by employees or general liability claims may result in a corresponding increase in our costs related to these claims. Insurance reserves amounted to $63.0 million and $60.8 million at January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, respectively.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Refer to Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, “Recent Accounting Pronouncements,” for a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements and their impact in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Fluctuations in Operating Results

We expect that our revenues and operating results may fluctuate from fiscal quarter to fiscal quarter or over the longer term. Certain of the general factors that may cause such fluctuations are discussed in Item 1A, Risk Factors and elsewhere in the Annual Report.

40


 

Seasonality

Our business, like that of most retailers, is subject to seasonal influences, with the major portion of sales and income typically realized during the back-to-school and holiday seasons (September through January). Weather, however, continues to be a contributing factor to the sale of our clothing. Generally, our sales are higher if the weather is cold during the Fall and warm during the early Spring. Sales of cold weather clothing are increased by early cold weather during the Fall, while sales of warm weather clothing are improved by early warm weather conditions in the Spring. Although we have diversified our product offerings, we believe traffic to our stores is still driven, in part, by weather patterns.

Inflation

We do not believe that our operating results have been materially affected by inflation during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 or Fiscal 2013. Historically, as the costs of merchandising and related operating expenses have increased, we have been able to mitigate the effect of such impact on our operations.

The U.S. retail industry continues to face increased pressure on margins as commodity prices increase and the overall challenging retail conditions have led consumers to be more value conscious. Our “open to buy” paradigm, in which we purchase both pre-season and in-season merchandise, allows us the flexibility to purchase less pre-season with the balance purchased in-season and opportunistically. It also provides us the flexibility to shift purchases between suppliers and categories. This enables us to obtain better terms with our suppliers which we expect to help offset the expected rising costs of goods.

Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks relating to fluctuations in interest rates. Our borrowings contain floating rate obligations and are subject to interest rate fluctuations. The objective of our financial risk management is to minimize the negative impact of interest rate fluctuations on our earnings and cash flows. Interest rate risk is managed through the use of our interest rate cap contracts.

As more fully described in Note 8 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, “Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” we enter into interest rate cap contracts to manage interest rate risks associated with our long term debt obligations. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges is recorded in the line item “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses associated with our interest rate cap contracts that are not designated as hedges are accounted for as interest expense and are recorded under the caption “Interest Expense” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. We continue to have exposure to interest rate risks to the extent they are not hedged.

Off-Balance Sheet Transactions

Other than operating leases consummated in the normal course of business and letters of credit, as more fully described above under the caption “Certain Information Concerning Contractual Obligations,” we are not involved in any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a material current or future impact on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

 

 

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to certain market risks as part of our ongoing business operations. Primary exposures include (i) changes in interest rates, as borrowings under our ABL Line of Credit and Term Loan Facility bear interest at floating rates based on LIBOR or the base rate, in each case plus an applicable borrowing margin and (ii) investing activities. The interest rate of our Term Loan Facility is also dependent on the LIBOR, prime rate, and the federal funds rate as further discussed in Note 7 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, “Long Term Debt.”

We manage our interest rate risk through the use of interest rate cap contracts. For our floating-rate debt, interest rate changes generally impact our earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant.

On April 24, 2015 we entered into two interest rate cap contracts which were designated as cash flow hedges. These interest rate cap contracts have an aggregate notional principal amount of $800.0 million, cap rates of 1.0%, are effective May 29, 2015 and mature on May 31, 2019. We had two interest rate cap contracts which limited our interest rate exposure to 7.0% on our first $900.0 million of borrowings under our variable rate debt obligations that expired on May 31, 2015. Currently, we have unlimited interest rate risk related to borrowings on our variable rate debt in excess of the notional principal amount of our interest rate cap contracts.

41


 

At January 30, 2016, we had $1,284.4 million of floating-rate debt, exclusive of original issue discount. Based on $1,284.4 million outstanding as floating-rate debt, a one percentage point increase as of January 30, 2016 (after considering our 1.0% interest rate cap contracts), would cause an increase to cash interest expense of $4.8 million per year, resulting in $4.8 million less in our pre-tax earnings. This sensitivity analysis assumes our mix of financial instruments and all other variables will remain constant in future periods. These assumptions are made in order to facilitate the analysis and are not necessarily indicative of our future intentions.

If a one percentage point increase in interest rates were to occur as of January 30, 2016, such an increase would result in the following additional interest expenses (assuming current borrowing level remains constant):

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Floating Rate Debt

 

Principal

Outstanding

at January 30, 2016

 

 

Additional

Interest

Expense

Q1 2016

 

 

Additional

Interest

Expense

Q2 2016

 

 

Additional

Interest

Expense

Q3 2016

 

 

Additional

Interest

Expense

Q4 2016

 

Term Loan Facility (a)

 

$

1,117.0

 

 

$

0.8

 

 

$

0.8

 

 

$

0.8

 

 

$

0.8

 

ABL Line of Credit

 

 

167.4

 

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

$

1,284.4

 

 

$

1.2

 

 

$

1.2

 

 

$

1.2

 

 

$

1.2

 

 

(a)

Principal balance represents carrying value of our Term Loan Facility exclusive of original issue discount.  

Our ability to satisfy our interest payment obligations on our outstanding debt will depend largely on our future performance, which, in turn, is in part subject to prevailing economic conditions and to financial, business and other factors beyond our control. If we do not have sufficient cash flow to service our interest payment obligations on our outstanding indebtedness and if we cannot borrow or obtain equity financing to satisfy those obligations, our business and results of operations will be materially adversely affected. We cannot be assured that any replacement borrowing or equity financing could be successfully completed.

 

42


 

Item 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

 

 

 

Page  

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

44

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015

 

45

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended January 30, 2016, January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014

 

46

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended January 30, 2016, January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014

 

47

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended January 30, 2016, January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014

 

48

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit for the fiscal years ended January 30, 2016, January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014

 

50

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal years ended January 30, 2016, January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014

 

51

 

 

 

43


 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Burlington Stores, Inc.

Burlington, New Jersey

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Burlington Stores, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders' deficit, and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended January 30, 2016. Our audits also included the financial statement schedules listed in the Index at Item 15 (a)(2). These financial statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended January 30, 2016, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of January 30, 2016, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 15, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

 

Parsippany, New Jersey

March 15, 2016

 

 

44


 

BURLINGTON STORES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

January 30,

 

 

January 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

20,915

 

 

$

25,349

 

Restricted cash and cash equivalents

 

 

27,800

 

 

 

27,800

 

Accounts receivablenet of allowance for doubtful accounts of $272 and $111

   at January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, respectively

 

 

38,571

 

 

 

49,716

 

Merchandise inventories

 

 

783,528

 

 

 

788,708

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

37,229

 

Prepaid and other current assets

 

 

62,168

 

 

 

58,681

 

Total current assets

 

 

932,982

 

 

 

987,483

 

Property and equipment—net of accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

1,018,570

 

 

 

970,419

 

Tradenames

 

 

238,000

 

 

 

238,000

 

Favorable leases—net of accumulated amortization

 

 

238,753

 

 

 

266,397

 

Goodwill

 

 

47,064

 

 

 

47,064

 

Other assets

 

 

104,778

 

 

 

115,206

 

Total assets

 

$

2,580,147

 

 

$

2,624,569

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

598,199

 

 

$

621,682

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

286,986

 

 

 

310,268

 

Current maturities of long term debt

 

 

1,403

 

 

 

1,167

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

886,588

 

 

 

933,117

 

Long term debt

 

 

1,303,497

 

 

 

1,249,276

 

Other liabilities

 

 

287,389

 

 

 

273,767

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

201,695

 

 

 

234,360

 

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 1, 7, 12, 13, 14, 15 and 17)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ deficit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value: authorized: 50,000,000 shares; no shares

   issued and outstanding at January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Authorized: 500,000,000 shares at January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Issued: 76,711,663 shares at January 30, 2016 and 75,925,507 shares at and January 31, 2015;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Outstanding: 72,071,177 shares at January 30, 2016 and 75,254,682 shares at January 31, 2015

 

 

7

 

 

 

7

 

Additional paid-in-capital

 

 

1,395,863

 

 

 

1,370,498

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(1,275,972

)

 

 

(1,426,454

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(8,992

)

 

 

(1,744

)

Treasury stock, at cost: 4,640,486 shares and 670,825 shares at January 30, 2016

   and January 31, 2015, respectively

 

 

(209,928

)

 

 

(8,258

)

Total stockholders' deficit

 

 

(99,022

)

 

 

(65,951

)

Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit

 

$

2,580,147

 

 

$

2,624,569

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

45


 

BURLINGTON STORES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(All amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

January 30,

 

 

January 31,

 

 

February 1,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

REVENUES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

5,098,932

 

 

$

4,814,504

 

 

$

4,427,503

 

Other revenue

 

 

30,911

 

 

 

35,130

 

 

 

34,484

 

Total revenue

 

 

5,129,843

 

 

 

4,849,634

 

 

 

4,461,987

 

COSTS AND EXPENSES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sales

 

 

3,059,641

 

 

 

2,900,819

 

 

 

2,695,957

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

1,597,718

 

 

 

1,520,929

 

 

 

1,391,788

 

Costs related to debt amendments, secondary offerings, termination of

   advisory agreement and other

 

 

247

 

 

 

2,412

 

 

 

23,026

 

Restructuring and separation costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,171

 

Stock option modification expense

 

 

1,368

 

 

 

2,940

 

 

 

10,418

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

172,099

 

 

 

167,580

 

 

 

168,195

 

Impairment charges-long-lived assets (Note 6)

 

 

6,111

 

 

 

2,579

 

 

 

3,180

 

Other income—net

 

 

(5,865

)

 

 

(10,753

)

 

 

(8,939

)

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

649

 

 

 

74,347

 

 

 

16,094

 

Interest expense (inclusive of gain (loss) on interest rate cap agreements)

 

 

58,999

 

 

 

83,745

 

 

 

127,739

 

Total cost and expenses

 

 

4,890,967

 

 

 

4,744,598

 

 

 

4,429,629

 

Income before income tax expense

 

 

238,876

 

 

 

105,036

 

 

 

32,358

 

Income tax expense

 

 

88,394

 

 

 

39,081

 

 

 

16,208

 

Net income

 

$

150,482

 

 

$

65,955

 

 

$

16,150

 

Class L preference amount

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

(111,282

)

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

 

$

150,482

 

 

$

65,955

 

 

$

(95,132

)

Allocation of net income (loss) to common stockholders—basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class L stockholders

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

111,282

 

Common stockholders

 

$

150,482

 

 

$

65,955

 

 

$

(95,132

)

Net income (loss) per share—basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class L stockholders

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

31.93

 

Common stockholders

 

$

2.03

 

 

$

0.89

 

 

$

(0.26

)

Allocation of net income (loss) to common stockholders—diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class L stockholders

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

111,282

 

Common stockholders

 

$

150,482

 

 

$

65,955

 

 

$

(144,392

)

Net income (loss) per share—diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class L stockholders

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

31.93

 

Common stockholders

 

$

1.99

 

 

$

0.87

 

 

$

(0.39

)

Weighted average number of shares—basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class L stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,485

 

Common stockholders

 

 

74,111

 

 

 

74,101

 

 

 

369,567

 

Weighted average number of shares—diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class L stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,485

 

Common stockholders

 

 

75,443

 

 

 

75,865

 

 

 

370,040

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

46


 

BURLINGTON STORES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(All amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

January 30,

 

 

January 31,

 

 

February 1,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Net income

 

$

150,482

 

 

$

65,955

 

 

$

16,150

 

Other comprehensive (loss), net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate cap contracts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized losses, net of related tax benefit of $4.9 million for Fiscal 2015

   and $1.2 million for Fiscal 2014

 

 

(7,420

)

 

 

(1,744

)

 

 

 

Amount reclassified into earnings, net of related taxes of $0.1 million for

   Fiscal 2015

 

 

172

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss), net of tax:

 

 

(7,248

)

 

 

(1,744

)

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

 

$

143,234

 

 

$

64,211

 

 

$

16,150

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

47


 

BURLINGTON STORES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(All amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

January 30,

 

 

January 31,

 

 

February 1,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

150,482

 

 

$

65,955

 

 

$

16,150

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

172,099

 

 

 

167,580

 

 

 

168,195

 

Impairment chargeslong-lived assets

 

 

6,111

 

 

 

2,579

 

 

 

3,180

 

Amortization of deferred financing costs

 

 

2,868

 

 

 

6,057

 

 

 

9,574

 

Accretion of long-term debt instruments

 

 

809

 

 

 

1,579

 

 

 

2,998

 

Deferred income tax (benefit)

 

 

5,909

 

 

 

(30,940

)

 

 

(17,973

)

Non-cash loss on extinguishment of debt—write-off of deferred financing costs

   and original issue discount

 

 

649

 

 

 

28,051

 

 

 

11,506

 

Non-cash stock compensation expense

 

 

11,161

 

 

 

6,264

 

 

 

10,203

 

Non-cash rent expense

 

 

(24,143

)

 

 

(19,463

)

 

 

(11,059

)

Deferred rent incentives

 

 

41,786

 

 

 

38,418

 

 

 

41,571

 

Excess tax benefit from stock based compensation

 

 

(11,941

)

 

 

(15,461

)

 

 

 

Insurance recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,573

 

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

1,263

 

 

 

(8,616

)

 

 

1,573

 

Merchandise inventories

 

 

5,180

 

 

 

(68,658

)

 

 

(39,862

)

Prepaid and other current assets

 

 

(6,454

)

 

 

27,546

 

 

 

(8,961

)

Accounts payable

 

 

(23,483

)

 

 

78,695

 

 

 

42,581

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

(10,642

)

 

 

18,958

 

 

 

51,096

 

Other long term assets and long term liabilities

 

 

3,850

 

 

 

2,552

 

 

 

3,477

 

Other

 

 

1,957

 

 

 

1,239

 

 

 

1,529

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

327,461

 

 

 

302,335

 

 

 

289,351

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for property and equipment

 

 

(201,787

)

 

 

(220,980

)

 

 

(168,267

)

Change in restricted cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

4,300

 

 

 

2,700

 

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment and assets held for sale

 

 

4,250

 

 

 

174

 

 

 

773

 

Other

 

 

2,805

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(194,732

)

 

 

(216,506

)

 

 

(164,794

)

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from long term debt—ABL Line of Credit

 

 

1,607,400

 

 

 

962,500

 

 

 

806,800

 

Principal payments on long term debt—ABL Line of Credit

 

 

(1,503,300

)

 

 

(899,200

)

 

 

(806,800

)

Proceeds from long term debt—Term B-3 Loans

 

 

 

 

 

1,194,000

 

 

 

 

Principal payments on long term debt—Term B-3 Loans

 

 

(50,000

)

 

 

(33,000

)

 

 

 

Principal payments on long term debt—Term B-2 Loans

 

 

 

 

 

(834,507

)

 

 

(36,533

)

Proceeds from long term debt—Holdco Notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

343,000

 

Principal payments on long term debt—Holdco Notes

 

 

 

 

 

(128,223

)

 

 

(221,777

)

Principal payments on long term debt—Senior Notes

 

 

 

 

 

(450,000

)

 

 

 

Payment of dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(336,000

)

Purchase of treasury shares

 

 

(201,670

)

 

 

(3,933

)

 

 

 

Proceeds from stock option exercises

 

 

2,100

 

 

 

2,514

 

 

 

2,527

 

Excess tax benefit from stock based compensation

 

 

11,941

 

 

 

15,461

 

 

 

 

Deferred financing costs

 

 

(168

)

 

 

(13,658

)

 

 

(22,126

)

Proceeds from initial public offering

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

260,667

 

Offering costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(23,747

)

Other

 

 

(3,466

)

 

 

(5,418

)

 

 

(920

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(137,163

)

 

 

(193,464

)

 

 

(34,909

)

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(4,434

)

 

 

(107,635

)

 

 

89,648

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

25,349

 

 

 

132,984

 

 

 

43,336

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

20,915

 

 

$

25,349

 

 

$

132,984

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

57,376

 

 

$

100,047

 

 

$

111,533

 

Income tax payments - net

 

$

84,676

 

 

$

74,363

 

 

$

2,769

 

48


 

Accretion of class L preferred return

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

104,859

 

Non-cash investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued purchases of property and equipment

 

$

18,017

 

 

$

21,878

 

 

$

21,604

 

Acquisition of capital lease

 

$

409

 

 

$

3,342

 

 

$

887

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

49


 

BURLINGTON STORES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Additional

Paid-in

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

 

 

Treasury Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Loss

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Total

 

Balance at February 2, 2013

 

 

517,979,682

 

 

$

47

 

 

$

 

 

$

(1,109,501

)

 

$

 

 

 

(4,812,588

)

 

$

(4

)

 

$

(1,109,458

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,150

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,150

 

Accretion of class L preferred

   return

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,201

)

 

 

(96,658

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(104,859

)

Stock options exercised

 

 

11,668,810

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Stock based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,203

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,203

 

Dividend

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(302,400

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(302,400

)

Issuance of restricted shares

 

 

26,396

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cancellation of class A shares

 

 

(529,620,894

)

 

 

(48

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,812,588

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

(44

)

Conversion of class L stock to

   common stock

 

 

58,830,948

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

1,107,338

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(531,751

)

 

 

(4,325

)

 

 

1,103,019

 

Initial public offering

 

 

15,333,333

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

236,919

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

236,920

 

Balance at February 1, 2014

 

 

74,218,275

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

1,346,259

 

 

 

(1,492,409

)

 

 

 

 

 

(531,751

)

 

 

(4,325

)

 

 

(150,468

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

65,955

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

65,955

 

Stock options exercised and

   related tax benefit of $15.5

   million

 

 

1,362,066

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,975

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,975

 

Shares used for tax withholding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(139,074

)

 

 

(3,933

)

 

 

(3,933

)

Issuance of restricted shares, net

   of forfeitures of 1,707

   restricted shares

 

 

345,166

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,264

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,264

 

Unrealized losses on interest rate

   cap contracts, net of related tax

   benefit of $1.2 million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,744

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,744

)

Balance at January 31, 2015

 

 

75,925,507

 

 

$

7

 

 

$

1,370,498

 

 

$

(1,426,454

)

 

$

(1,744

)

 

 

(670,825

)

 

$

(8,258

)

 

$

(65,951

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

150,482

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

150,482

 

Stock options exercised and

   related tax benefit of

   $11.9 million

 

 

600,099

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,204

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,204

 

Shares used for tax withholding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(25,559

)

 

 

(1,313

)

 

 

(1,313

)

Shares purchased as part of publicly announced programs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,944,102

)

 

 

(200,357

)

 

 

(200,357

)

Issuance of restricted shares,

   net of forfeitures of 40,588

   restricted shares

 

 

186,057

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,161

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,161

 

Unrealized losses on interest

   rate cap contracts, net of related

   tax benefit of $4.9 million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,420

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,420

)

Amount reclassified

   into earnings, net of related

   taxes of $0.1 million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

172

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

172

 

Balance at January 30, 2016

 

 

76,711,663

 

 

$

7

 

 

$

1,395,863

 

 

$

(1,275,972

)

 

$

(8,992

)

 

 

(4,640,486

)

 

$

(209,928

)

 

$

(99,022

)

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

50


 

BURLINGTON STORES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Business

As of January 30, 2016, Burlington Stores, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company), a Delaware Corporation, through its indirect subsidiary Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation (BCFWC), operated 567 retail stores, inclusive of an internet store, in 45 states and Puerto Rico, selling apparel, footwear and accessories for men, women and children. A majority of those stores offer a home furnishing and linens department and a juvenile furniture department. As of January 30, 2016, the Company operated stores under the names “Burlington Stores” (550 stores), “Cohoes Fashions” (2 stores), “Super Baby Depot” (2 stores), “MJM Designer Shoes” (12 stores) and “Burlington Shoes” (1 store). Cohoes Fashions offers products similar to those offered by Burlington Stores. MJM Designer Shoes and Burlington Shoes offer moderately priced designer and fashion shoes. The Super Baby Depot stores offer baby clothing, accessories, furniture and other merchandise in the middle to higher price range. During Fiscal 2015, the Company opened 28 new stores under the name “Burlington Stores” and closed two Burlington Stores and one MJM Designer Shoes store.

Basis of Consolidation and Presentation

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Burlington Stores, Inc. and its subsidiaries. All inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Fiscal Years

The Company defines its fiscal year as the 52 or 53 week period ending on the Saturday closest to January 31. The Company’s fiscal years ended January 30, 2016 (Fiscal 2015), January 31, 2015 (Fiscal 2014) and February 1, 2014 (Fiscal 2013) each consisted of 52 weeks.

Use of Estimates

Certain amounts included in the Consolidated Financial Statements are estimated based on historical experience, currently available information and management’s judgment as to the expected outcome of future conditions and circumstances. While every effort is made to ensure the integrity of such estimates, actual results could differ from these estimates, and such differences could have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Initial Public Offering

On October 7, 2013, the Company completed its initial public offering (the Offering) whereby 15,333,333 shares of common stock were sold to the public at $17.00 per share. Net proceeds from the offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses (including a transaction fee under the Company’s Advisory Agreement with an affiliate of Bain Capital equal to 1% of the gross proceeds of the offering or $2.6 million), were $236.9 million.

Prior to the Offering, each outstanding share of the Company’s Class A common stock was automatically cancelled and then each outstanding share of the Company’s Class L common stock was automatically converted into one share of the Company’s Class A common stock. The Company then effected an 11-for-1 split of the Company’s Class A common stock and then reclassified the Company’s Class A common stock into Common Stock. Collectively, these transactions are referred to as the Reclassification. Unless otherwise indicated, all share data presented within the Consolidated Financial Statements gives effect to the stock split.

Secondary Offerings

During Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, the Company closed secondary public offerings in which 12,490,154 shares and 42,300,000 shares of its common stock, respectively, were sold by certain of the Company’s stockholders.  All of the shares sold in the secondary offerings were offered by selling stockholders. The Company did not receive any of the proceeds from the secondary offering. The Company incurred $0.2 million and $1.8 million in offering costs related to the secondary offerings during Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, respectively, which are included in the line item “Costs related to debt amendments, secondary offerings, termination of advisory agreement and other” on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.  

51


 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents represent cash and short-term, highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase. Book cash overdrafts are included in the line item “Accounts payable” on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consist of credit card receivables, lease incentive receivables and other receivables. Accounts receivable are recorded at net realizable value, which approximates fair value. The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts for amounts deemed uncollectible.

Inventories

Merchandise inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, as determined by the retail inventory method. Under the retail inventory method, the valuation of inventories at cost and the resulting gross margins are calculated by applying a calculated cost to retail ratio to the retail value of inventories. The Company regularly records a provision for estimated shrinkage, thereby reducing the carrying value of merchandise inventory. Complete physical inventories of all of the Company’s stores and warehouses are performed no less frequently than annually, with the recorded amount of merchandise inventory being adjusted to coincide with these physical counts.

The Company records its cost of merchandise (net of purchase discounts and certain vendor allowances), certain merchandise acquisition costs (primarily commissions and import fees), inbound freight, outbound freight from distribution centers, and freight on internally transferred merchandise in the line item “Cost of sales” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Costs associated with the Company’s distribution, buying, and store receiving functions are included in the line items “Selling, general and administrative expenses” and “Depreciation and amortization” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Product sourcing costs included within the line item “Selling, general and administrative expenses” amounted to $229.4 million, $204.1 million and $168.1 million during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively. Depreciation and amortization related to the distribution and purchasing functions for the same periods amounted to $18.3 million, $15.3 million and $14.1 million, respectively.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from 20 and 40 years for buildings, depending upon the expected useful life of the facility, and three to ten years for store fixtures and equipment. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lease term including any reasonably assured renewal options or the expected economic life of the improvement, whichever is less. Repairs and maintenance expenditures are expensed as incurred. Renewals and betterments, which significantly extend the useful lives of existing property and equipment, are capitalized. Assets recorded under capital leases are recorded at the present value of minimum lease payments and are amortized over the lease term. Amortization of assets recorded as capital leases is included in the line item “Depreciation and amortization” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. The carrying value of all long-lived assets is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable, in accordance with ASC Topic No. 360 Property, Plant, and Equipment” (Topic No. 360). The Company recorded impairment charges related to property and equipment of $2.4 million, $2.4 million and $2.7 million during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively. These charges are recorded in the line item “Impairment charges—long-lived assets” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Refer to Note 6, “Impairment Charges,” for further discussion of the Company’s measurement of impairment of long-lived assets.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to undiscounted pre-tax future net cash flows expected to be generated by that asset. If the undiscounted future cash flows are not adequate to recover the carrying value of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Refer to Note 6, “Impairment Charges,” for further discussion of the Company’s measurement of impairment of long-lived assets.

52


 

Capitalized Computer Software Costs

The Company accounts for capitalized software in accordance with ASC Topic No. 350 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other” (Topic No. 350) which requires the capitalization of certain costs incurred in connection with developing or obtaining software for internal use. The Company capitalized $17.1 million and $13.3 million relating to these costs during Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, respectively.

Intangible Assets

The Company accounts for intangible assets in accordance with Topic No. 350. The Company’s intangible assets primarily represent tradenames and favorable lease positions. The tradename asset “Burlington” is expected to generate cash flows indefinitely and, therefore, is accounted for as an indefinite-lived asset not subject to amortization. The values of favorable and unfavorable lease positions are amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected lease terms. Amortization of net favorable lease positions is included in the line item “Depreciation and amortization” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company evaluates its intangible assets for possible impairment as follows:

Indefinite-lived intangible assets: The Company tests identifiable intangible assets with an indefinite life for impairment on an annual basis, or when a triggering event occurs, relying on a number of factors that include operating results, business plans and projected future cash flows. The impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset with its carrying amount. The Company determines fair value through the relief of royalty method which is a widely accepted valuation technique. In May 2015, the Company’s annual assessment date, the Company performed a quantitative analysis and determined that the fair values of each of the Company’s identifiable intangible assets are greater than their respective carrying values. There were no impairment losses recorded during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 or Fiscal 2013 related to indefinite-lived intangible assets.

Finite-lived intangible assets: Identifiable intangible assets that are subject to amortization are evaluated for impairment in accordance with Topic No. 360 using a process similar to that used to evaluate other long-lived assets as described in Note 6, “Impairment Charges.” An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the asset. For the favorable lease positions, if the carrying amount exceeds the estimated expected undiscounted future cash flows, the Company measures the amount of the impairment by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to its fair value. The fair value is estimated by discounting expected future cash flows using the Company’s risk adjusted rate of interest.  The Company recorded impairment charges of $3.3 million related to finite-lived intangible assets during Fiscal 2015. These charges are recorded in the line item “Impairment charges–long-lived assets” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Refer to Note 6, “Impairment Charges,” for further discussion of the Company’s measurement of impairment of long-lived assets.  The Company did not record an impairment related to finite-lived intangible assets during Fiscal 2014 or Fiscal 2013.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the acquisition cost over the estimated fair value of tangible assets and other identifiable intangible assets acquired less liabilities assumed. Topic No. 350 requires a comparison, at least annually, of the carrying value of the assets and liabilities associated with a reporting unit, including goodwill, with the fair value of the reporting unit. The Company determines fair value through multiple widely accepted valuation techniques. These techniques use a variety of assumptions including projected market conditions, discount rates and future cash flows. If the carrying value of the assets and liabilities exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, the Company would calculate the implied fair value of its reporting unit goodwill as compared with the carrying value of its reporting unit goodwill to determine the appropriate impairment charge. In May 2015, the Company’s annual assessment date, the Company performed a quantitative analysis and determined that the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit was greater than its respective carrying value. There were no impairment charges recorded during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 or Fiscal 2013.

Other Assets

Other assets consist primarily of landlord owned store assets that the Company has paid for as part of its lease, deferred financing fees and purchased lease rights. Landlord owned assets represent leasehold improvements at certain stores that the Company has paid for, but where the landlord has retained title to such assets. These assets are amortized over the lease term inclusive of reasonably assured renewal options and the amortization is included in the line item “Depreciation and amortization” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Deferred financing fees are amortized over the life of the related debt facility using the interest method of amortization. Amortization of deferred financing fees is recorded in the line item “Interest expense” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Purchased lease rights are amortized over the lease term inclusive of reasonably assured renewal options and the amortization is recorded in the line item “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Both landlord owned assets and purchased lease rights are assessed for impairment in accordance with Topic No. 360. During

53


 

Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, the Company recorded impairment charges of $0.4 million, $0.2 million and $0.5 million, respectively, related to purchased lease rights and landlord owned assets. These charges are recorded in the line item “Impairment charges–long-lived assets” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Refer to Note 6, “Impairment Charges,” for further discussion of the Company’s measurement of impairment of long-lived assets.

Other Current Liabilities

Other current liabilities primarily consist of sales tax payable, customer liabilities, accrued payroll costs, self-insurance reserves, accrued operating expenses, payroll taxes payable, current portion of straight line rent liability and other miscellaneous items. Customer liabilities totaled $32.3 million and $30.5 million as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, respectively.

The Company has risk participation agreements with insurance carriers with respect to workers’ compensation, general liability insurance and health insurance. Pursuant to these arrangements, the Company is responsible for paying individual claims up to designated dollar limits. The amounts related to these claims are estimated and can vary based on changes in assumptions or claims experience included in the associated insurance programs. An increase in workers’ compensation claims, health insurance claims or general liability claims may result in a corresponding increase in costs related to these claims. Self-insurance reserves as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015 were:

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended

 

 

 

January 30,

2016

 

 

January 31,

2015

 

Short-term self-insurance reserve(a)

 

$

25,566

 

 

$

24,888

 

Long-term self-insurance reserve(b)

 

 

37,456

 

 

 

35,953

 

Total

 

$

63,022

 

 

$

60,841

 

 

(a)

Represents the portions of the self-insurance reserve expected to be paid in the next twelve months which was recorded in the line item “Other current liabilities” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

(b)

The remaining self-insurance reserve balance was recorded in the line item “Other liabilities” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Other Liabilities

Other liabilities primarily consist of deferred lease incentives, the long term portion of self-insurance reserves, the excess of straight-line rent expense over actual rental payments and tax liabilities associated with the uncertain tax positions recognized by the Company in accordance with ASC Topic No. 740 “Income Taxes” (Topic No. 740).

Deferred lease incentives are funds received or receivable from landlords used primarily to offset the costs incurred for remodeling of stores. These deferred lease incentives are amortized over the expected lease term including rent holiday periods and option periods where the exercise of the option can be reasonably assured. Amortization of deferred lease incentives is included in the line item “Selling, general and administrative expenses” on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. At January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, deferred lease incentives were $179.3 million and $176.3 million, respectively.

Revenue Recognition

The Company records revenue at the time of sale and delivery of merchandise, net of allowances for estimated future returns. The Company presents sales, net of sales taxes, in its Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company accounts for layaway sales and leased department revenue in compliance with ASC Topic No. 605 “Revenue Recognition” (Topic No. 605). Layaway sales are recognized upon delivery of merchandise to the customer. The amount of cash received upon initiation of the layaway is recorded as a deposit liability in the line item “Other current liabilities” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Store value cards (gift cards and store credits issued for merchandise returns) are recorded as a liability at the time of issuance, and the related sale is recorded upon redemption.

The Company determines an estimated store value card breakage rate by continuously evaluating historical redemption data. Breakage income is recognized monthly in proportion to the historical redemption patterns for those store value cards for which the likelihood of redemption is remote.

54


 

Other Revenue

Other revenue consists of rental income received from layaway, alteration, dormancy and other service charges, inclusive of shipping and handling revenues (Service fees), leased departments and subleased rental income as shown in the table below:

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended

 

 

 

January 30,

2016

 

 

January 31,

2015

 

 

February 1,

2014

 

Service fees

 

$

14,782

 

 

$

14,269

 

 

$

13,711

 

Rental income from leased departments

 

 

7,448

 

 

 

12,366

 

 

 

10,924

 

Subleased rental income and other

 

 

8,681

 

 

 

8,495

 

 

 

9,849

 

Total

 

$

30,911

 

 

$

35,130

 

 

$

34,484

 

 

Rental income from leased departments results from arrangements at some of the Company’s stores where the Company has granted unaffiliated third parties the right to use designated store space solely for the purpose of selling such third parties’ goods, including such items as fragrances. Rental income is based on an agreed upon percentage of the lease departments’ total revenues. The Company does not own or have any rights to any tradenames, licenses or other intellectual property in connection with the brands sold by such unaffiliated third parties. During Fiscal 2015, we began the conversion our fragrance business, which was previously operated under a licensing arrangement, to an owned category which is recorded in the line item “Net sales” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.  By the end of the first quarter of Fiscal 2016, we expect fragrances will be exclusively an owned business.

Advertising Costs

The Company’s advertising costs consist primarily of national television, direct mail and digital costs, and are included in the line item “Selling, general and administrative expenses” on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. During Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, net advertising costs were $84.7 million, $84.9 million and $83.3 million, respectively.

The Company nets certain cooperative advertising reimbursements received from vendors that meet the criteria of Topic No. 605 against specific, incremental, identifiable costs incurred in connection with selling the vendors’ products. Any excess reimbursement is characterized as a reduction of inventory and is recognized as a reduction to cost of sales as inventories are sold.

Barter Transactions

The Company accounts for barter transactions under ASC Topic No. 845 “Nonmonetary Transactions.” Barter transactions with commercial substance are recorded at the estimated fair value of the products exchanged, unless the products received have a more readily determinable estimated fair value. Revenue associated with barter transactions is recorded at the time of the exchange of the related assets.

During Fiscal 2015, the Company exchanged $0.1 million of inventory for certain advertising credits.  To account for the exchange, the Company recorded “Net sales” and “Cost of sales” of $0.1 million in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.  The Company did not enter into any new barter agreements during Fiscal 2014 or Fiscal 2013.  The $5.5 million of unused advertising credits remaining as of January 30, 2016 are expected to be used over the four consecutive fiscal years following Fiscal 2015.

The following table summarizes the prepaid advertising expense which was included in the line items “Prepaid and other current assets” and “Other assets” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015:

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

January 30,

2016

 

 

January 31,

2015

 

Prepaid and other current assets

 

$

3,300

 

 

$

2,664

 

Other assets

 

 

2,196

 

 

 

5,246

 

Total prepaid advertising expense

 

$

5,496

 

 

$

7,910

 

 

55


 

The following table details barter credit usage for Fiscal 2015,  Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, which are included in the line item “Selling, general and administrative expenses” on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations:

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended

 

 

 

January 30,

2016

 

 

January 31,

2015

 

 

February 1,

2014

 

Barter credit usage

 

$

2,551

 

 

$

2,650

 

 

$

2,544

 

 

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with Topic No. 740. Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of temporary differences between amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and such amounts as measured by tax laws. A valuation allowance against the Company’s deferred tax assets is recorded when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In determining the need for a valuation allowance, management is required to make assumptions and to apply judgment, including forecasting future earnings, taxable income, and the mix of earnings in the jurisdictions in which the Company operates. Management periodically assesses the need for a valuation allowance based on the Company’s current and anticipated results of operations. The need for and the amount of a valuation allowance can change in the near term if operating results and projections change significantly.

Topic No. 740 requires the recognition in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements of the impact of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return, if that position is “more likely than not” of being sustained upon examination by the relevant taxing authority, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution. The Company records interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as part of income taxes.

Other Income, Net

Other income, net, consists of investment income gains and losses, breakage income, net gains and losses from disposition of fixed assets, and other miscellaneous income items. During Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, the Company recognized $2.9 million, $2.5 million and $4.0 million, respectively, of breakage income. During Fiscal 2014, the Company also recognized $3.2 million related to a favorable, one-time legal settlement.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income is comprised of net income and the effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges, less amounts reclassified into earnings.

Lease Accounting

The Company leases store locations, distribution centers and office space used in its operations. The Company accounts for these types of leases in accordance with ASC Topic No. 840, “Leases” (Topic No. 840), and subsequent amendments, which require that leases be evaluated and classified as operating or capital leases for financial reporting purposes. Assets held under capital leases are included in the line item “Property and equipment—net of accumulated depreciation and amortization” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. For leases classified as operating, the Company calculates rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the lease term including renewal options, if reasonably assured, or the economic life of the leased premises, taking into consideration rent escalation clauses, rent holidays and other lease concessions. The Company commences recording rent expense during the store fixturing and merchandising phase of the leased property.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC Topic No. 718, “Stock Compensation” (Topic No. 718), which requires companies to record stock compensation expense for all non-vested and new awards beginning as of the grant date. As of January 30, 2016, there were 16,125,258 shares authorized for issuance under the Company’s Management Incentive Plans as defined in Note 12, “Stock-Based Compensation.” As of January 30, 2016, there were 2,744,671 options outstanding and 509,543 shares of non-vested restricted stock outstanding under the Company’s Management Incentive Plans. During Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, the Company recognized non-cash stock compensation expense in the amount of $11.2 million, $6.3 million and $10.2 million, respectively. Refer to Note 12 for further details.

56


 

Net Income (Loss) Per Share

Net income (loss) per share is calculated using the treasury stock method. Refer to Note 11, “Net Income (Loss) Per Share,” for further details.

Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents and investments. The Company manages the credit risk associated with cash equivalents and investments by investing with high-quality institutions and, by policy, limiting investments only to those which meet prescribed investment guidelines. The Company maintains cash accounts that, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses from maintaining cash accounts in excess of such limits. Management believes that it is not exposed to any significant risks on its cash and cash equivalent accounts.

Segment Information

The Company reports segment information in accordance with ASC Topic No. 280 “Segment Reporting.” The Company has one reportable segment.   The Company is an off-price retailer that offers customers a complete line of value-priced apparel, including: ladies sportswear, menswear, coats, family footwear and youth apparel as well as baby furniture, accessories, home décor and gifts. Sales percentage by major product category is as follows:

Category

 

Fiscal 2015

 

 

Fiscal 2014

 

 

Fiscal 2013

 

Women’s Ready-to-Wear Apparel

 

 

24

%

 

 

24

%

 

 

24

%

Accessories and Footwear

 

 

22

%

 

 

22

%

 

 

21

%

Menswear

 

 

21

%

 

 

20

%

 

 

19

%

Youth Apparel/Baby

 

 

16

%

 

 

18

%

 

 

20

%

Home

 

 

11

%

 

 

9

%

 

 

8

%

Coats

 

 

6

%

 

 

7

%

 

 

8

%

 

 

2. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” which provides guidance for revenue recognition. The standard’s core principle is that a company will recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In doing so, companies will need to use more judgment and make more estimates than under current guidance. These may include identifying performance obligations in the contract, estimating the amount of variable consideration included in the transaction price and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. At its July 9, 2015 meeting, the FASB affirmed its proposal to defer the effective date of this ASU for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted for annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. The effective date of this ASU for the Company is the beginning of the fiscal year ended February 2, 2019 (Fiscal 2018). The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of adoption of this ASU on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, “Interest—Imputation of Interest: Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs.” This standard amends existing guidance to require the presentation of debt issuance costs in the balance sheet as a deduction from the carrying amount of the related debt liability. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, with early adoption permitted. The Company intends to adopt this ASU on a retrospective basis during the fiscal year beginning on January 31, 2016. The Company does not expect this standard to have a significant effect on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, “Income Taxes: Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes” (ASU 2015-17) as part of its simplification initiative. This standard requires entities to present deferred tax assets (DTAs) and deferred tax liabilities (DTLs) as non-current in a classified balance sheet. It simplifies the current guidance, which requires entities to separately present DTAs and DTLs as current or non-current in a classified balance sheet. Netting of DTAs and DTLs by tax jurisdiction is still required under this ASU. This standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted as of the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period. The Company adopted this ASU during the beginning of the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2015 on a prospective basis.  Prior periods were not retrospectively adjusted to reflect the adoption of this ASU. Other than the balance sheet reclassification, this standard did not have a significant effect on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

57


 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases” which provides guidance for leases.  The standard’s core principle is to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information. This standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years, which would be the beginning of the fiscal year ended February 1, 2020 (Fiscal 2019).  Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of adoption of this ASU on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

There were no other new accounting standards that had a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements during Fiscal 2015, and there were no other new accounting standards or pronouncements that were issued but not yet effective as of January 30, 2016 that the Company expects to have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations upon becoming effective.

 

 

3. Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents

At January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, restricted cash and cash equivalents consisted of $27.8 million related to collateral for certain insurance contracts. The Company has the ability to convert the restricted cash to a letter of credit at any time, which would reduce available borrowings on the Company’s senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility (the ABL Line of Credit) by a like amount.

 

 

4. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of:

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Useful Lives

 

January 30,

2016

 

 

January 31,

2015

 

Land

 

N/A

 

$

159,044

 

 

$

159,246

 

Buildings

 

20 to 40 Years

 

 

438,609

 

 

 

424,601

 

Store fixtures and equipment

 

3 to 10 Years

 

 

732,851

 

 

 

643,647

 

Software

 

3 to 5 Years

 

 

188,399

 

 

 

187,402

 

Leasehold improvements

 

Shorter of

lease term or

useful life

 

 

511,036

 

 

 

466,940

 

Construction in progress

 

N/A

 

 

15,815

 

 

 

21,478

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,045,754

 

 

 

1,903,314

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

 

 

 

(1,027,184

)

 

 

(932,895

)

Total property and equipment, net of accumulated

   depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

$

1,018,570

 

 

$

970,419

 

 

As of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, assets, net of accumulated amortization of $16.6 million and $14.5 million, respectively, held under capital leases amounted to approximately $24.2 million and $25.9 million, respectively, and are included in the line item “Buildings” in the foregoing table. Amortization expense related to capital leases is included in the line item “Depreciation and amortization” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. The total amount of depreciation expense during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013 was $135.7 million, $130.8 million and $128.8 million, respectively.

During Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, the Company recorded impairment charges related to property and equipment of $2.4 million, $2.4 million and $2.7 million, respectively. Refer to Note 6, “Impairment Charges,” for further discussion.

Internally developed software is amortized on a straight line basis over three to five years and is recorded in the line item “Depreciation and amortization” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Depreciation and amortization of internally developed software amounted to $14.6 million, $17.4 million and $18.8 million during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively.

 

 

58


 

5. Intangible Assets

Intangible assets at January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015 consist primarily of tradenames and favorable lease positions as follows:

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

January 31, 2015

 

 

 

Gross

Carrying

Amount

 

 

Accumulated

Amortization

 

 

Net

Amount

 

 

Gross

Carrying

Amount

 

 

Accumulated

Amortization

 

 

Net

Amount

 

Tradenames

 

$

238,000

 

 

$

 

 

$

238,000

 

 

$

238,000

 

 

$

 

 

$

238,000

 

Favorable leases

 

$

470,133

 

 

 

(231,380

)

 

$

238,753

 

 

$

476,677

 

 

$

(210,280

)

 

$

266,397

 

 

Favorable Leases

The decrease in the gross carrying amount of the Company’s favorable leases from January 31, 2015 to January 30, 2016 reflects a reduction of $3.2 million during Fiscal 2015 from the write-off of certain favorable leases becoming fully amortized during the period, as well as $3.3 million related to the impairment of three stores.  Refer to Note 6, “Impairment Charges,” for further discussion related to impairment charges of favorable leases.

Accumulated amortization of favorable leases as of January 30, 2016 reflects Fiscal 2015 amortization expense of $24.3 million, partially offset by a decrease of $3.2 million related to the write-off of fully amortized leases, as discussed above.

The weighted average amortization period remaining for the Company’s favorable leases is 13.9 years. Amortization expense of favorable leases for each of the next five fiscal years is estimated to be as follows:

 

Fiscal Years:

 

(in thousands)

 

2016

 

$

24,326

 

2017

 

 

23,235

 

2018

 

 

20,735

 

2019

 

 

20,132

 

2020

 

 

19,143

 

Total

 

$

107,571

 

 

 

6. Impairment Charges

Impairment charges recorded during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013 amounted to $6.1 million, $2.6 million and $3.2 million, respectively, and are primarily related to declines in revenues and operating results of the respective stores. Impairment charges during these periods related to the following:

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended

 

Asset Categories

 

January 30,

2016

 

 

January 31,

2015

 

 

February 1,

2014

 

Favorable leases

 

$

3,318

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

1,146

 

 

 

500

 

 

 

970

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

1,005

 

 

 

696

 

 

 

1,575

 

Other assets

 

 

429

 

 

 

216

 

 

 

465

 

Other property and equipment

 

 

213

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

85

 

Building/building improvements

 

 

 

 

 

1,152

 

 

 

81

 

Land

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Total

 

$

6,111

 

 

$

2,579

 

 

$

3,180

 

 

The Company recorded impairment charges related to store-level assets for five stores during Fiscal 2015, three stores during Fiscal 2014 and seven stores during Fiscal 2013. During Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, the Company also recorded impairment charges for capital expenditures for previously impaired stores.

59


 

Long-lived assets are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis for purposes of calculating impairment using the fair value hierarchy of ASC Topic No. 820 “Fair Value Measurements” (Topic No. 820). Refer to Note 16, “Fair Value of Financial Instruments,” for further discussion of the Company’s fair value hierarchy. The fair value of the Company’s long-lived assets is generally calculated using discounted cash flows. As of January 30, 2016, all of the stores impaired during Fiscal 2015 were partially impaired. The table below sets forth, by level within the fair value hierarchy, the remaining fair value of the partially-impaired stores, subsequent to impairment charges as of January 30, 2016:

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Quoted Prices

in Active

Markets for

Identical Assets

(Level 1)

 

 

Significant

Other

Observable

Inputs

(Level 2)

 

 

Significant

Un-

Observable

Inputs

(Level 3)

 

 

Total

 

 

Total

Impairment

Losses

 

Favorable leases

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

4,462

 

 

$

4,462

 

 

$

3,318

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,254

 

 

 

1,254

 

 

 

1,146

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

888

 

 

 

888

 

 

 

1,005

 

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

310

 

 

 

310

 

 

 

429

 

Other property and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

93

 

 

 

93

 

 

 

213

 

Total

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

7,007

 

 

$

7,007

 

 

$

6,111

 

 

 

7. Long Term Debt

Long term debt consists of:

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

January 30,

 

 

January 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

$1,200,000 senior secured term loan facility (Term B-3 Loans), LIBOR

   (with a floor of 1.0%) plus 3.25%, matures on August 13, 2021

 

$

1,112,575

 

 

$

1,161,541

 

$600,000 ABL senior secured revolving facility, LIBOR plus spread based

   on average outstanding balance, matures August 13, 2019

 

$

167,400

 

 

 

63,300

 

Capital lease obligations

 

 

24,925

 

 

 

25,602

 

Total debt

 

 

1,304,900

 

 

 

1,250,443

 

Less: current maturities

 

$

(1,403

)

 

 

(1,167

)

Long term debt, net of current maturities

 

$

1,303,497

 

 

$

1,249,276

 

 

Term Loan Facility

On February 24, 2011, the Company entered into a $1.0 billion senior secured term loan facility (the Term Loan Facility). The Term Loan Facility was issued pursuant to a credit agreement (Term Loan Credit Agreement), dated February 24, 2011, among BCFWC, the guarantors signatory thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the Term Loan Administrative Agent) and as collateral agent, the lenders party thereto, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, as joint bookrunners and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as joint arrangers, governing the terms of the Term Loan Facility.

On February 15, 2013, BCFWC entered into Amendment No. 2 (Second Amendment) to the Term Loan Credit Agreement. The Company incurred $8.9 million of additional fees, inclusive of an $8.6 million fee payable to Bain Capital, for various consulting and advisory services which were included in the line item “Costs related to debt amendments, secondary offerings, termination of advisory agreement and other” on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

On May 17, 2013, BCFWC entered into Amendment No. 3 (Third Amendment) to the Term Loan Credit Agreement, in order to, among other things, reduce the interest rates applicable to the Term Loan Facility by 100 basis points and to reduce the LIBOR floor by 25 basis points. In connection with the Third Amendment, third party fees of $2.6 million were recorded in the line item “Costs related to debt amendments, secondary offerings, termination of advisory agreement and other” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. In addition, the Company recognized a loss on the extinguishment of debt of $0.6 million, which was recorded in the line item “Loss on extinguishment of debt” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

60


 

During Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014, the Company prepaid $30.0 million and $4.0 million, respectively, on the Term Loan Facility.  In accordance with ASC Topic No. 470-50, “Debt Modifications and Extinguishments” (Topic No. 470), the Company recognized losses on the extinguishment of debt of $0.8 million and $0.1 million, respectively, which were recorded in the line item “Loss on extinguishment of debt” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

On August 13, 2014, BCFWC entered into Amendment No. 4 (the Fourth Amendment) to the Term Loan Credit Agreement (as amended, supplemented and otherwise modified, the Amended Term Loan Credit Agreement) governing its Term Loan Facility. The Fourth Amendment, among other things, (i) increased the available incremental amount to $400.0 million plus unlimited amounts and (ii) gave BCFWC and its restricted subsidiaries additional flexibility to make investments, restricted payments (including dividends), incur additional debt, grant liens and otherwise comply with its covenants under the Amended Term Loan Credit Agreement so long as BCFWC’s pro forma consolidated secured leverage ratio does not exceed 3.50 to 1.00. The interest rate margin applicable under the Amended Term Loan Credit Agreement is 3.25% in the case of loans drawn at LIBOR and 2.25% in the case of loans drawn under the prime rate (as determined by the Term Loan Facility Administrative Agent). The Fourth Amendment removed the variable pricing mechanism that was formerly in place, which was based on BCFWC’s pro forma consolidated secured leverage ratio. The Term Loan Facility is collateralized by a first lien on our favorable leases, real estate and property & equipment and a second lien on our inventory and receivables.

As a result of the Fourth Amendment the $830.6 million principal amount of term B-2 loans (Term B-2 Loans) outstanding was replaced with $1,200.0 million principal amount of term B-3 loans (Term B-3 Loans). In accordance with ASC Topic No. 405-20, “Extinguishments of Liabilities” (Topic No. 405), the Company recognized a loss on the extinguishment of debt of $16.4 million, representing the write off of $11.7 million and $4.7 million in deferred financing costs and unamortized original issue discount, respectively, which was recorded in the line item “Loss on extinguishment of debt” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The Term B-3 Loans outstanding under the Term Loan Facility mature on August 13, 2021. Mandatory quarterly payments of $3.0 million were payable as of the last day of each quarter, beginning with the quarter ended July 29, 2017. However, the Company elected to make a prepayment of $50.0 million on May 1, 2015, which offset the mandatory quarterly payments through May 1, 2021. In accordance with ASC Topic No. 470, the Company recognized a non-cash loss on the partial extinguishment of debt of $0.6 million, representing the write-off of $0.4 million and $0.2 million in deferred financing costs and unamortized original issue discount, respectively, which was recorded in the line item “Loss on extinguishment of debt” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Interest rates for the Term Loan Facility are based on: (i) for LIBOR rate loans for any interest period, at a rate per annum equal to the greater of (x) the LIBOR rate, as determined by the Term Loan Facility Administrative Agent, for such interest period multiplied by the Statutory Reserve Rate (as defined in the Term Loan Credit Agreement) and (y) 1.00% (the Term Loan Adjusted LIBOR Rate), plus an applicable margin; and (ii) for prime rate loans, a rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the variable annual rate of interest then announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. at its head office as its “prime rate,” (b) the federal funds rate in effect on such date plus 0.50% per annum, and (c) the Term Loan Adjusted LIBOR Rate for the applicable class of term loans for one-month plus 1.00%, plus, in each case, an applicable margin. At January 30, 2016, the Company’s borrowing rate related to the Term Loan Facility was 4.25%.

ABL Line of Credit

On August 13, 2014, BCFWC entered into Amendment No. 1 (the ABL Amendment) to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated September 2, 2011 (as amended, supplemented and otherwise modified, the Amended ABL Credit Agreement) governing BCFWC’s existing ABL Line of Credit. The ABL Amendment, among other things, gives BCFWC and certain of its subsidiaries additional flexibility to make investments, restricted payments (including dividends), incur additional debt, grant liens and otherwise comply with its covenants under the Amended ABL Credit Agreement. In accordance with Topic No. 470, the Company recognized a loss on the extinguishment of debt of $0.2 million representing the write off of deferred financing costs which was recorded in the line item “Loss on extinguishment of debt” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.  

The ABL Line of Credit matures on August 13, 2019. The aggregate amount of commitments under the Amended ABL Credit Agreement is $600.0 million and, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, the Company can increase the aggregate amount of commitments up to $900.0 million. As a result of the ABL Amendment, the interest rate margin applicable under the Amended ABL Credit Agreement in the case of loans drawn at LIBOR was reduced from 1.75% - 2.25% (based on total commitments or borrowing base availability) to 1.25% - 1.50% (based on total commitments or borrowing base availability), and the fee on the average daily balance of unused loan commitments was reduced from 0.375% to 0.25%. The ABL Line of Credit is collateralized by a first lien on the Company’s inventory and receivables and a second lien on the Company’s real estate and property and equipment.

61


 

The Company believes that the Amended ABL Credit Agreement provides the liquidity and flexibility to meet its operating and capital requirements over the remaining term of the ABL Line of Credit. Further, the calculation of the borrowing base under the amended and restated credit agreement has been amended to allow for increased availability, particularly during the September 1st through December 15th period of each year.

At January 30, 2016, the Company had $335.4 million available under the Amended ABL Line of Credit and $167.4 million of outstanding borrowings. The maximum borrowings under the facility during Fiscal 2015 amounted to $350.0 million. Average borrowings during Fiscal 2015 amounted to $199.3 million at an average interest rate of 1.6%.

At January 31, 2015, the Company had $386.9 million available under the Amended ABL Line of Credit and $63.3 million of outstanding borrowings. The maximum borrowings under the facility during Fiscal 2014 amounted to $300.0 million. Average borrowings during Fiscal 2014 amounted to $87.7 million at an average interest rate of 1.8%

$450 Million Senior Notes

On February 24, 2011, BCFWC issued $450.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Notes due 2019 at an issue price of 100% (the Senior Notes). The Senior Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture, dated February 24, 2011, among BCFWC, the guarantors signatory thereto, and Wilmington Trust FSB.

On August 13, 2014, BCFWC redeemed the Senior Notes in full. In accordance with Topic No. 405, the Company recognized a loss on the extinguishment of debt of $49.6 million, representing $43.7 million in redemption premiums and the write off of $5.9 million in deferred financing costs, which was recorded in the line item “Loss on extinguishment of debt” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

$350 Million Senior Notes

On February 20, 2013, Burlington Holdings, LLC (Holdings LLC) and Burlington Holdings Finance, Inc. (collectively the Issuers), completed the offering of $350.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2018 (Holdco Notes) at an issue price of 98.00%. The Holdco Notes were senior unsecured obligations of the Issuers, which were not obligors or guarantors under the Term Loan Facility or the indenture governing the Senior Notes.

On November 7, 2013, the Company redeemed $221.8 million aggregate principal amount of the Holdco Notes. In accordance with Topic No. 405, the Company recognized a loss on the extinguishment of long-term debt of $14.7 million, which included $4.4 million in redemption premiums and $3.8 million and $6.5 million for the write-off of the unamortized original issue discount and deferred financing costs, respectively. The $14.7 million loss was recorded in the line item “Loss on extinguishment of debt” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

On April 4, 2014, the Issuers redeemed $58.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Holdco Notes. In accordance with Topic No. 405, the Company recognized a loss on the extinguishment of long-term debt of $3.6 million representing $1.2 million in redemption premiums and the write off of $1.5 million and $0.9 million in deferred financing costs and unamortized original issue discount, respectively, which was recorded in the line item “Loss on extinguishment of debt” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

On August 13, 2014, the Company redeemed the Holdco Notes in full. In accordance with Topic No. 405, the Company recognized a loss on the extinguishment of debt of $4.1 million, representing $1.4 million in redemption premiums and the write off of $1.7 million and $1.0 million in deferred financing costs and unamortized original issue discount, respectively, which was recorded in the line item “Loss on extinguishment of debt” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Deferred Financing Costs

The Company had $13.3 million and $16.4 million in deferred financing costs related to its long term debt instruments recorded in the line item “Other assets” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, respectively. Amortization of deferred financing costs amounted to $2.9 million, $6.1 million and $9.6 million during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively, and is included in the line item “Interest expense” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. During Fiscal 2015, the Company incurred new deferred financing costs of $0.2 million as a result of the interest rate cap contracts entered into during Fiscal 2015 (refer to Note 8, “Derivatives Instruments and Hedging Activities,” for further discussion on the Company’s interest rate cap contracts) and wrote-off $0.4 million of net deferred financing costs related to the $50.0 million prepayment on the Term B-3 loans.

62


 

Amortization expense related to the deferred financing costs as of January 30, 2016 for each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter is estimated to be as follows:

 

Fiscal Years

 

(in thousands)

 

2016

 

$

2,860

 

2017

 

 

2,946

 

2018

 

 

2,919

 

2019

 

 

2,237

 

2020

 

 

1,500

 

Thereafter

 

 

804

 

Total

 

$

13,266

 

 

Deferred financing costs have a weighted average amortization period of approximately 4.8 years.

Scheduled Maturities

Scheduled maturities of the Company’s long term debt and capital lease obligations, as they exist as of January 30, 2016, in each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter are as follows:

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Long-

Term

Debt

 

 

Capital

Lease

Obligations

 

 

Total

 

Fiscal Years:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

$

 

 

$

1,403

 

 

$

1,403

 

2017

 

 

 

 

 

1,724

 

 

 

1,724

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

1,982

 

 

 

1,982

 

2019

 

 

167,400

 

 

 

2,140

 

 

 

169,540

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

2,288

 

 

 

2,288

 

Thereafter

 

 

1,117,000

 

 

 

15,388

 

 

 

1,132,388

 

Total

 

 

1,284,400

 

 

 

24,925

 

 

 

1,309,325

 

Less: unamortized discount

 

 

(4,425

)

 

 

 

 

 

(4,425

)

Total

 

 

1,279,975

 

 

 

24,925

 

 

 

1,304,900

 

Less: current portion

 

 

 

 

 

(1,403

)

 

 

(1,403

)

Long term debt

 

$

1,279,975

 

 

$

23,522

 

 

$

1,303,497

 

 

The capital lease obligations noted above are exclusive of interest charges of $2.3 million, $2.4 million, $2.0 million, $1.9 million, $1.6 million and $4.1 million for the fiscal years ended January 28, 2017, February 3, 2018, February 2, 2019, February 1, 2020, January 30, 2021 and thereafter, respectively.

 

 

 

8. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

The Company accounts for derivatives and hedging activities in accordance with ASC Topic No. 815 “Derivatives and Hedging” (Topic No. 815). Topic No. 815 provides the disclosure requirements for derivatives and hedging activities with the intent to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced understanding of: (i) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (ii) how the entity accounts for derivative instruments and related hedged items, and (iii) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. Further, qualitative disclosures are required that explain the Company’s objectives and strategies for using derivatives, as well as quantitative disclosures about the fair value of gains and losses on derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative instruments.

As required by Topic No. 815, the Company records all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value and adjusts to market on a quarterly basis. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the earnings

63


 

effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge. The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of its risk, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting.

The Company uses interest rate cap contracts to manage interest rate risk. The fair value of the Company’s interest rate cap contracts is determined using the market standard methodology of discounted future variable cash flows. The variable cash flows are determined using the market standard methodology of discounting the future expected cash receipts that would occur if variable interest rates rise above the strike rate of the caps in conjunction with the cash payments related to financing the premium of the interest rate caps. The variable interest rates used in the calculation of projected receipts on the cap are based on an expectation of future interest rates derived from observable market interest rate curves and volatilities. In addition, to comply with the provisions of Topic No. 820, credit valuation adjustments, which consider the impact of any credit enhancements to the contracts, are incorporated in the fair values to account for potential nonperformance risk. In adjusting the fair value of its derivative contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk, the Company has considered any applicable credit enhancements such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts, and guarantees.

In accordance with Topic No. 820, the Company made an accounting policy election to measure the credit risk of its derivative financial instruments that are subject to master netting agreements on a net basis by counterparty portfolio. There is no impact of netting because the Company’s only derivatives are interest rate cap contracts that are with separate counterparties and are under separate master netting agreements.

Although the Company has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value its derivatives fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, the credit valuation adjustments associated with its derivatives utilize Level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads to evaluate the likelihood of default by the Company and its counterparties. However, as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, the Company has assessed the significance of the impact of the credit valuation adjustments on the overall valuation of its derivative positions and has determined that the credit valuation adjustment is not significant to the overall valuation of its derivative portfolios. As a result, the Company classifies its derivative valuations in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of its debt funding and the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Company’s known or expected cash payments principally related to the Company’s borrowings.

Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

The Company’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. To accomplish this objective, the Company primarily uses interest rate caps as part of its interest rate risk management strategy. Interest rate caps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable amounts from a counterparty if interest rates rise above the strike rate on the contract.

On August 19, 2014, the Company entered into four interest rate cap contracts which were designated as cash flow hedges (the Previous Interest Rate Cap Contracts). On April 24, 2015, the Company terminated and sold the Previous Interest Rate Cap Contracts. The Company received $1.2 million in cash in connection with the termination and sale of the Previous Interest Rate Cap Contracts, which was included in the line item “Other” in the financing section of the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. As a result of these transactions, the amount of loss previously deferred in accumulated other comprehensive loss related to these caps was $2.0 million, net of taxes of $1.3 million. The Company will amortize this loss from accumulated other comprehensive loss into interest expense over the original life of each respective cap through April 2019. Also on April 24, 2015, the Company entered into two new interest rate cap contracts (the New Interest Rate Cap Contracts) which were designated as cash flow hedges. The Company financed the cost of the New Interest Rate Cap Contracts, which will be amortized through the life of the caps.  During Fiscal 2015, the Company paid $3.5 million related to the financing of the New Interest Rate Cap Contracts, which was included in the line item “Other” in the financing section of the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.  

During Fiscal 2015, such derivatives were used to hedge the variable cash flows associated with existing (or anticipated) variable-rate debt. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges is recorded in the line item “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. Amounts reported in

64


 

accumulated other comprehensive loss related to the New Interest Rate Cap Contracts will be reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the Company’s variable-rate debt. During Fiscal 2015, the Company reclassified $0.2 million out of accumulated other comprehensive loss into interest expense, net of taxes. As of January 30, 2016, the Company estimates that approximately $2.6 million will be reclassified into interest expense during the next twelve months.

The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized directly in earnings. The Company did not record any hedge ineffectiveness in its earnings during Fiscal 2015.

As of January 30, 2016, the Company had the following outstanding interest rate derivatives that were designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk:

 

Interest Rate Derivative

 

Number of

Instruments

 

Notional Aggregate

Principal Amount

 

Interest

Cap Rate

 

 

Effective Date

 

Maturity Date

Interest rate cap contracts

 

Two

 

$ 800.0 million

 

 

1.0%

 

 

May 29, 2015

 

May 31, 2019

 

Derivatives not designated as hedges are not speculative and are used to manage the Company’s exposure to interest rate movements and other identified risks but do not meet the strict hedge accounting requirements or the Company elected not to designate these derivatives as hedges. Changes in the fair value of derivatives not designated in hedging relationships are recorded directly in earnings.  The Company had two interest rate cap contracts which limited our interest rate exposure to 7.0% on our first $900.0 million of borrowings under our variable rate debt obligations that expired on May 31, 2015.  As of January 30, 2016, the Company had no outstanding derivatives that were not designated as hedges in qualifying hedging relationships.

Tabular Disclosure

The tables below present the fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments on a gross basis as well as their classification on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets:

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Fair Values of Derivative Instruments

 

 

 

Asset Derivatives

 

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

January 31, 2015

 

Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments

 

Balance

Sheet

Location

 

Fair

Value

 

 

Balance

Sheet

Location

 

Fair

Value

 

Interest rate cap contracts

 

N/A

 

$

 

 

Other assets

 

$

1,572

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Fair Values of Derivative Instruments

 

 

 

Liability Derivatives

 

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

January 31, 2015

 

Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments

 

Balance

Sheet

Location

 

Fair

Value

 

 

Balance

Sheet

Location

 

Fair

Value

 

Interest rate cap contracts

 

Other liabilities

 

$

8,415

 

 

N/A

 

$

 

 

65


 

The tables below present the amounts of losses recognized in other comprehensive loss, net of taxes, and the classification of losses reclassified into earnings related to the Company’s derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedging instruments for each of the reporting periods.

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of Losses Recognized in Other

Comprehensive

Loss Related to Derivatives

 

 

 

Derivatives Designated as

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

Hedging Instruments

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

January 31, 2015

 

 

February 1, 2014

 

 

 

Interest rate cap contracts

 

$

(7,420

)

 

$

(1,744

)

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of Loss Reclassified from

Accumulated Other Comprehensive

Loss into Earnings Related to

Derivatives

 

 

 

Derivatives Designated as

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

Component of

Hedging Instruments

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

January 31, 2015

 

 

February 1, 2014

 

 

Earnings

Interest rate cap contracts

 

$

172

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

Interest expense

 

The table below presents the classifications and amounts of losses recognized within the Company’s statements of operations for the Company’s derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments for each of the reporting periods.

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of Loss Recognized in

Earnings Related to Derivatives

 

 

 

Location of Loss Recognized in Earnings

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

 

Related to Derivatives

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

January 31, 2015

 

 

February 1, 2014

 

Interest rate cap contracts

 

Interest expense

 

$

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

68

 

 

 

9. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive loss are recorded net of the related income tax effects. The table below details the changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss for Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014.

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

Derivative

Instruments

 

 

Total

 

Balance at February 1, 2014

$

 

 

$

 

Unrealized losses arising during the period, net of related tax

   benefit of $1.2 million

 

(1,744

)

 

 

(1,744

)

Balance at January 31, 2015

 

(1,744

)

 

 

(1,744

)

Unrealized losses arising during the period, net of related tax

   benefit of $4.9 million

 

(7,420

)

 

 

(7,420

)

Amount reclassified into earnings, net of related taxes of $0.1 million for Fiscal 2015

 

172

 

 

 

172

 

Balance at January 30, 2016

$

(8,992

)

 

$

(8,992

)

 

 

10. Capital Stock

Capital Structure After the Reclassification

Common Stock

As of January 30, 2016, the total amount of the Company’s authorized capital stock consisted of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value of $0.0001 per share.

66


 

The Company’s common stock is not entitled to preemptive or other similar subscription rights to purchase any of the Company’s securities. The Company’s common stock is neither convertible nor redeemable. Unless the Company’s Board of Directors determines otherwise, the Company will issue all of the Company’s capital stock in uncertificated form.

Preferred Stock

The Company does not have any shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding. The Company’s Board of Directors has the authority to issue shares of preferred stock from time to time on terms it may determine, to divide shares of preferred stock into one or more series and to fix the designations, preferences, privileges, and restrictions of preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preference, sinking fund terms, and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of any series to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The issuance of the Company’s preferred stock could have the effect of decreasing the trading price of the Company’s common stock, restricting dividends on the Company’s capital stock, diluting the voting power of the Company’s common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of the Company’s capital stock, or delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company.

Voting Rights

Each holder of the Company’s common stock is entitled to one vote per share on each matter submitted to a vote of stockholders. The Company’s amended and restated bylaws provide that the presence, in person or by proxy, of holders of shares representing a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote at a stockholders’ meeting shall constitute a quorum. When a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast is required to take action, unless otherwise specified by law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation, and except for the election of directors, which is determined by a plurality vote. There are no cumulative voting rights.

Dividend Rights

Each holder of shares of the Company’s capital stock will be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions in cash, stock or property as may be declared by the Company’s Board of Directors from time to time out of the Company’s assets or funds legally available for dividends or other distributions. These rights are subject to the preferential rights of any other class or series of the Company’s preferred stock.

During the past two fiscal years, the Company has not declared, and does not anticipate declaring in the near term, dividends on shares of its common stock. The Company currently does, and intends to continue to, retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund all of the Company's capital expenditures, business initiatives, and to support any potential opportunistic capital structure initiatives. The Company’s ability to pay dividends on its common stock will be limited by restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions under the terms of current and any future agreements governing our indebtedness as described in Note 7 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, “Long Term Debt.” Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors, subject to compliance with covenants in our current and future agreements governing our indebtedness, and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant.

Other Rights

Each holder of common stock is subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock that the Company may designate and issue in the future.

Liquidation Rights

If the Company is involved in a consolidation, merger, recapitalization, reorganization, or similar event, each holder of common stock will participate pro rata in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding.

67


 

Capital Structure Prior to the Reclassification

Common Stock

The Company’s charter authorized the Company to issue 588,685,600 shares of common stock consisting of:

 

(a)

582,771,244 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; and

 

(b)

5,914,356 shares of Class L common stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Class L common stock was legally designated as common stock, but was entitled to a priority return preference equal to the sum of (i) $81 per share base amount plus (ii) an amount sufficient to generate an internal rate of return equal to 14.5% per annum (compounded quarterly).

Treasury Stock

The Company accounts for treasury stock under the cost method.

During Fiscal 2015, the Company acquired 25,559 shares of common stock from employees for $1.3 million to satisfy their minimum statutory tax withholdings related to the vesting of restricted stock awards. These shares are considered treasury shares which are available for reissuance under the 2006 Management Incentive Plan.

Share Repurchase Programs

On June 9, 2015, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to $200 million of the Company’s common stock, which was fully utilized during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2015. On November 24, 2015, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to an additional $200 million of the Company’s common stock. This repurchase program will be funded using the Company’s available cash and is authorized to be executed through November 2017.  

During Fiscal 2015, the Company repurchased 3,944,102 shares of common stock for $200.4 million under the share repurchase programs. As of January 30, 2016, the Company had $199.6 million available for purchase under these share repurchase programs.

The Company is authorized to repurchase shares of its outstanding common stock from time to time on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions under our repurchase programs. The timing and amount of stock repurchases will depend on a variety of factors, including the market conditions as well as corporate and regulatory considerations. The Company’s share repurchase programs may be suspended, modified or discontinued at any time and the Company has no obligation to repurchase any amount of its  common stock under the programs.

Dividend

During Fiscal 2013, the Company declared a cash dividend of $336.0 million in the aggregate ($5.89 per unit), payable in accordance with the Company’s charter to the then-current holders of the Company’s common stock.

 

 

 

11. Net Income (Loss) Per Share

Immediately prior to the Reclassification, net income (loss) per share was calculated using the two-class method, which is an earnings allocation formula that determined net income (loss) per share for the holders of Class A common stock and the holders of Class L common stock. Holders of Class L shares contained participation rights with respect to certain distributions, as defined.

The numerator in calculating Class L basic and diluted net income (loss) per share was the Class L preference amount, as defined above, for all outstanding Class L shares, accrued at 14.5% per annum during the year presented plus, if positive, a pro rata share of an amount equal to consolidated net income less the Class L preference amount.

The numerator in calculating common stock basic net income (loss) per share was consolidated net income (loss) less the Class L preference amount. In determining the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders for computing diluted net income (loss) per share, the Company decreased the net income and/or increased the net loss to reflect the annual preference amount for dilutive Class L common stock equivalents. This amount did not impact Class L diluted income per share because diluted earnings per share would be increased when taking the dilutive common stock equivalents into account, and thus be antidilutive.

68


 

Following the Reclassification, dilutive net income (loss) per share is calculated using the treasury stock method.

The computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share is as follows:

 

 

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

January 30,

 

 

January 31,

 

 

February 1,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

150,482

 

 

$

65,955

 

 

$

16,150

 

Class L preference amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(111,282

)

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

 

$

150,482

 

 

$

65,955

 

 

$

(95,132

)

Allocation of net income (loss) to common stockholders—basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class L stockholders

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

111,282

 

Common stockholders

 

$

150,482

 

 

$

65,955

 

 

$

(95,132

)

Net income (loss) per share—basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class L stockholders

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

31.93

 

Common stockholders

 

$

2.03

 

 

$

0.89

 

 

$

(0.26

)

Allocation of net income (loss) to common stockholders—diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

 

$

150,482

 

 

$

65,955

 

 

$

(95,132

)

Class L preference amount of common stock equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(49,260

)

Allocation of net loss to common stockholders

 

$

150,482

 

 

$

65,955

 

 

$

(144,392

)

Net income (loss) per share—diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class L stockholders

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

31.93

 

Common stockholders

 

$

1.99

 

 

$

0.87

 

 

$

(0.39

)

Weighted average number of shares—basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class L stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,485

 

Common stockholders

 

 

74,111

 

 

 

74,101

 

 

 

369,567

 

Weighted average number of shares—diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class L stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,485

 

Common stockholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

74,111

 

 

 

74,101

 

 

 

369,567

 

Dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock

 

 

1,332

 

 

 

1,764

 

 

 

473

 

Diluted

 

 

75,443

 

 

 

75,865

 

 

 

370,040

 

 

Approximately 115,000 options to purchase shares of common stock and less than 100,000 shares of unvested restricted stock awards were excluded from diluted net income per share for Fiscal 2015, since their effect was anti-dilutive.

Less than 100,000 options to purchase shares of common stock and unvested restricted stock awards were excluded from diluted net income per share for Fiscal 2014, since their effect was anti-dilutive.

As of February 1, 2014, there were 3,527,800 unvested options outstanding to purchase shares of common stock and 81,396 non-vested shares of restricted stock that were excluded from diluted net income (loss) per share since their effect was anti-dilutive.

The Company determined the Class L preference amount of common stock equivalents based upon the Class L diluted common stock equivalents multiplied by (i) $81 per share base amount plus (ii) the annual impact of the amount sufficient to generate an internal rate of return equal to 14.5% per annum (compounded quarterly).

 

 

12. Stock-Based Compensation

On May 1, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the Company’s assumption and adoption of the 2006 Management Incentive Plan (the 2006 Plan) that was previously sponsored by Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, LLC. The Company’s 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the 2013 Plan and, together with the 2006 Plan, the Plans) was adopted effective prior to and in connection with the Offering. The 2006 Plan and the 2013 Plan each provide for the granting of stock options, restricted stock and other forms of awards to key employees and directors of the Company or its affiliates. Prior to the Offering, grants made pursuant

69


 

to the 2006 Plan were comprised of units of the Company’s common stock. Each “unit” consisted of 99 shares of Class A common stock and one share of Class L common stock. Awards previously granted under the 2006 Plan have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the Reclassification.

The Company accounts for awards issued under the Plans in accordance with Topic No. 718. As of January 30, 2016, there were 10,125,258 shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the 2006 Plan and 6,000,000 shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the 2013 Plan.

Stock Options

Options granted during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013 were all service-based awards and were granted under the 2006 Plan at the following exercise prices:

 

 

 

Exercise Price Ranges

 

 

 

From

 

 

To

 

Fiscal 2015

 

$

45.78

 

 

$

55.75

 

Fiscal 2014

 

$

27.40

 

 

$

38.66

 

Fiscal 2013

 

$

4.55

 

 

$

26.96

 

 

All service-based awards granted during Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014 vest 25% on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant date.  During Fiscal 2013, the Company made a special one-time grant under the 2006 Plan to certain members of its management team which resulted in the grant of options to purchase an aggregate of 1,595,000 shares of common stock. These one-time grants vest 20% on each of the first five anniversaries of the Trigger Date. The Trigger Date is defined as the date after the vesting of all other options held by the grantee which were granted to the grantee prior to May 2013 and remained outstanding and unvested as of the date of the one-time grant. All other service-based awards granted during Fiscal 2013 through the date of the Offering vest 40% on the second anniversary of the award with the remaining amount vesting ratably over the subsequent three years. The final exercise date for any option granted is the tenth anniversary of the grant date.

With the exception of the special one-time grants made during Fiscal 2013, all options awarded pursuant to the 2006 Plan become exercisable upon a change of control. The vesting of special one-time grants will not be accelerated in the event of a change of control, provided, however, that in the event that within two years after a change of control, the grantee’s employment is terminated without cause or the grantee resigns with good reason, then an incremental 20% of the special one-time grants shall be deemed vested as of the date of termination of grantee’s employment, but in no event more than the total number of special one-time grants granted to such grantee. Unless determined otherwise by the plan administrator, upon cessation of employment, the majority of options that have not vested will terminate immediately (subject to the potential acceleration of special one-time grants in the event of a change of control, as described above) and unexercised vested options will be exercisable for a period of 60 days.

In order to mitigate the impact of the $336.0 million dividend paid in connection with the issuance of the Holdco Notes in February 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors in May 2013 approved a modification to all then outstanding options through a combination of exercise price reductions and cash payments to option holders. The reduction of the exercise prices of each outstanding option was as follows:

 

·

from $2.78 per unit to $0.79 - $1.65 per unit;

 

·

from $4.55 per unit to $0.79 per unit;

 

·

from $5.91 per unit to $0.79 - $0.94 per unit;

 

·

from $10.91 per unit to $3.17 - $5.02 per unit; and

 

·

from $10.96 per unit to $3.17 - $5.07 per unit.

The modifications, through a combination of either reduced exercise prices or cash payments, did not affect the existing vesting schedules. The modification, which contemplated the fair value of awards both immediately before and after the modification, resulted in a total of $1.4 million, $2.9 million and $10.4 million of incremental compensation expense during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively, of which $0.3 million, $0.6 million and $4.3 million, respectively, is payable in cash.  These costs were recorded in the line item “Stock option modification expense” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.  As of January 30, 2016, the Company expects to recognize $0.7 million of incremental compensation expense to be recorded over the remaining vesting periods through the fiscal year ended February 3, 2018, of which $0.1 million will be payable in cash.

70


 

Non-cash stock compensation expense is as follows:  

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

January 30,

 

 

January 31,

 

 

February 1,

 

Type of Non-Cash Stock Compensation

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Restricted stock grants (a)

 

$

6,136

 

 

$

1,090

 

 

$

143

 

Stock option grants (a)

 

 

3,920

 

 

 

2,855

 

 

 

3,971

 

Stock option modification (b)

 

 

1,105

 

 

 

2,319

 

 

 

6,089

 

Total (c)

 

$

11,161

 

 

$

6,264

 

 

$

10,203

 

 

 

(a)

Included in the line item “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(b)

Represents non-cash compensation related to the May 2013 stock option modification as discussed above.  Amounts are included in the line item “Stock option modification expense” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(c)

The amounts presented in the table above exclude the effect of income taxes.  The tax benefit related to the Company’s non-cash stock compensation was $4.1 million, $2.3 million and $5.1 million during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively.

As of January 30, 2016, the Company had 2,744,671 options outstanding to purchase shares of common stock, all of which are service-based awards issued under the 2006 Plan, and there was $14.9 million of unearned non-cash stock-based option compensation, exclusive of the $0.6 million of incremental compensation associated with the February 2013 modification, that the Company expects to recognize as expense over a weighted average period of 3.4 years. The service-based awards are expensed on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. As of January 30, 2016, there were 569,150 outstanding options to purchase shares of common stock under the 2006 Plan that had vested. As of January 30, 2016, no options were outstanding under the 2013 Plan.

Stock option transactions during Fiscal 2015 are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

Number of

Shares

 

 

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price Per

Share

 

Options outstanding, January 31, 2015

 

 

3,218,845

 

 

$

4.93

 

Options granted

 

 

415,582

 

 

 

52.24

 

Options exercised (a)

 

 

(600,099

)

 

 

3.50

 

Options forfeited

 

 

(289,657

)

 

 

4.69

 

Options outstanding, January 30, 2016

 

 

2,744,671

 

 

$

12.43

 

 

(a)

Options exercised during Fiscal 2015 had a total intrinsic value of $30.9 million.

The following table summarizes information about the options outstanding and exercisable under the 2006 Plan as of January 30, 2016:

 

 

 

Options Outstanding

 

 

Options Exercisable

 

Exercise Prices

 

Number

Outstanding at

January 30,

2016

 

 

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Life (Years)

 

 

Number

Exercisable at

January 30,

2016

 

 

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Life (Years)

 

$0.79 - $0.94

 

 

399,292

 

 

 

5.4

 

 

 

220,310

 

 

 

5.0

 

$3.17

 

 

138,516

 

 

 

5.3

 

 

 

82,062

 

 

 

4.9

 

$4.55 - $5.07

 

 

1,642,108

 

 

 

7.3

 

 

 

229,711

 

 

 

7.0

 

$26.96

 

 

36,720

 

 

 

8.0

 

 

 

14,390

 

 

 

8.0

 

$27.40 - $55.75

 

 

528,035

 

 

 

9.1

 

 

 

22,677

 

 

 

8.3

 

 

 

 

2,744,671

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

569,150

 

 

 

 

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding as of January 30, 2016 was $113.4 million.

71


 

The following table summarizes information about the stock options vested and expected to vest during the contractual term:

 

 

 

Options

 

 

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Life (Years)

 

 

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

 

 

Aggregate Intrinsic

Value

Vested and expected to vest

 

 

2,428,479

 

 

 

7.2

 

 

$

12.29

 

 

$  100.7 million

 

The fair value of each stock option granted was estimated on the date of grant using the Monte Carlo Simulation option pricing model prior to the date of the Offering and the Black Scholes option pricing model subsequent to the date of the Offering. The fair value of each stock option granted was estimated using the following assumptions:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

January 30,

 

 

 

2016

 

Risk-fee interest rate

 

 

1.81%

 

Expected volatility

 

 

36.0%

 

Expected life (years)

 

 

6.25

 

Contractual life (years)

 

 

10.0

 

Expected dividend yield

 

 

0.0%

 

Weighted average grant date fair value of options issued

 

$

19.99

 

 

The expected dividend yield was based on the Company’s expectation of not paying dividends in the foreseeable future. Since the Company completed its initial public offering in October 2013, it does not have sufficient history as a publicly traded company to evaluate its volatility factor. As such, the expected stock price volatility is based upon the historical volatility of the stock price over the expected life of the options of peer companies that are publicly traded. The risk free interest rate was based on the U.S. Treasury rates for U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds with maturities similar to those of the expected term of the awards being valued. For grants issued during the fiscal years ended January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, the expected life of the options was calculated using the simplified method. The simplified method defines the life as the average of the contractual term of the options and the weighted average vesting period for all option tranches. This methodology was utilized due to the short length of time our common stock has been publicly traded.

Restricted Stock Awards

Under the 2006 Plan, the Company also has the ability to grant shares of restricted stock. During Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, the Company granted 226,645 shares, 346,873 shares and 26,396 shares of restricted stock, respectively. For Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, subsequent to the date of the Offering, the fair value of each share of restricted stock granted under the 2006 Plan was estimated using the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. For Fiscal 2013 through the date of the Offering, the fair value of each unit of restricted stock granted under the 2006 Plan was estimated on the date of grant using inputs that included the Company’s business enterprise value, the book value of outstanding debt and the number of shares of common stock outstanding. All shares of restricted stock granted to date under the 2006 Plan are service-based awards that cliff vest at the end of the requisite service period that typically ranges from three to four years. Following a change of control, all unvested shares of restricted stock shall remain unvested, provided, however, that 100% of such shares shall vest if, following such change of control, the employment of the recipient is terminated without cause or the recipient resigns with good reason.

As of January 30, 2016, there was approximately $18.4 million of unearned non-cash stock-based compensation that the Company expects to recognize as an expense over the next 3.0 years.

72


 

Award grant, vesting and forfeiture transactions during Fiscal 2015 are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

Number of

Shares

 

 

Weighted

Average Grant

Date Fair

Value Per

Awards

 

Non-vested awards outstanding, January 31, 2015

 

 

392,178

 

 

$

38.56

 

Awards granted

 

 

226,645

 

 

 

49.97

 

Awards vested

 

 

(68,692

)

 

 

39.58

 

Awards forfeited

 

 

(40,588

)

 

 

15.53

 

Non-vested awards outstanding, January 30, 2016

 

 

509,543

 

 

$

45.33

 

 

 

13. Lease Commitments

The Company leases stores, distribution facilities and office space under operating and capital leases that will expire principally during the next thirty years. The leases typically include renewal options and escalation clauses and provide for contingent rentals based on a percentage of gross sales.

The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments having an initial or remaining term in excess of one year:

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Fiscal Year

 

Operating

Leases(a)

 

 

Capital

Leases

 

2016

 

$

302,755

 

 

$

3,592

 

2017

 

 

308,724

 

 

 

4,111

 

2018

 

 

286,152

 

 

 

4,024

 

2019

 

 

241,048

 

 

 

3,994

 

2020

 

 

207,165

 

 

 

3,889

 

Thereafter

 

 

955,446

 

 

 

19,597

 

Total minimum lease payments

 

 

2,301,290

 

 

 

39,207

 

Amount representing interest

 

 

 

 

 

(14,282

)

Total future minimum lease payments

 

$

2,301,290

 

 

$

24,925

 

 

(a)

Total future minimum lease payments include $109.3 million related to options to extend lease terms that are reasonably assured of being exercised and also includes $324.5 million of minimum lease payments for 28 stores that the Company has committed to open or relocate.

The above schedule of future minimum lease payments has not been reduced by future minimum sublease rental income of $37.0 million relating to operating leases under non-cancelable subleases and other contingent rental agreements.

The following is a schedule of net rent expense for Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013:

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

January 30,

2016

 

 

January 31,

2015

 

 

February 1,

2014

 

Rent expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum rental payments

 

$

289,169

 

 

$

266,318

 

 

$

239,049

 

Contingent rental payments

 

 

3,961

 

 

 

3,913

 

 

 

3,614

 

Straight-line rent expense

 

 

2,987

 

 

 

4,001

 

 

 

8,182

 

Lease incentives amortization

 

 

(28,905

)

 

 

(25,369

)

 

 

(21,557

)

Amortization of purchased lease rights

 

 

682

 

 

 

684

 

 

 

958

 

Total rent expense(a)

 

 

267,894

 

 

 

249,547

 

 

 

230,246

 

Less all rental income(b)

 

 

(14,589

)

 

 

(19,663

)

 

 

(19,613

)

Total net rent expense

 

$

253,305

 

 

$

229,884

 

 

$

210,633

 

73


 

 

(a)

Included in the line item “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(b)

Included in the line item “Other revenue” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

 

14. Employee Retirement Plans

The Company maintains separate defined contribution 401(k) retirement savings and profit-sharing plans covering employees in the United States and Puerto Rico who meet specified age and service requirements. The discretionary profit sharing component (which the Company has not utilized for nine years and has no current plans to utilize) is entirely funded by the Company, and the Company also makes additional matching contributions to the 401(k) component of the plans. Participating employees can voluntarily elect to contribute a percentage of their earnings to the 401(k) component of the plans (up to certain prescribed limits) through a cash or deferred (salary deferral) feature qualifying under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (401(k) Plan).

The Company recorded $7.1 million, $5.9 million and $5.1 million of 401(k) Plan match expense for the Plan Years ending December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

 

 

15. Income Taxes

Income (loss) before income taxes was as follows for Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013:

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

January 30,

2016

 

 

January 31,

2015

 

 

February 1,

2014

 

Domestic

 

$

241,112

 

 

$

113,955

 

 

$

40,246

 

Foreign

 

 

(2,236

)

 

 

(8,919

)

 

 

(7,888

)

Total income before income taxes

 

$

238,876

 

 

$

105,036

 

 

$

32,358

 

 

Income tax expense was as follows for Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013:

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

January 30,

2016

 

 

January 31,

2015

 

 

February 1,

2014

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

71,441

 

 

$

57,123

 

 

$

29,794

 

State

 

 

11,044

 

 

 

12,898

 

 

 

4,036

 

Foreign

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

351

 

Subtotal

 

 

82,485

 

 

 

70,021

 

 

 

34,181

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

6,452

 

 

 

(25,777

)

 

 

(17,045

)

State

 

 

(543

)

 

 

(5,163

)

 

 

(928

)

Foreign

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 

5,909

 

 

 

(30,940

)

 

 

(17,973

)

Total Income Tax Expense

 

$

88,394

 

 

$

39,081

 

 

$

16,208

 

 

74


 

The tax rate reconciliations were as follows for Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

January 30,

2016

 

 

January 31,

2015

 

 

February 1,

2014

 

Tax at statutory rate

 

 

35.0

%

 

 

35.0

%

 

 

35.0

%

State income taxes, net of federal

 

 

3.0

 

 

 

4.1

 

 

 

8.4

 

Change in valuation allowance

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

4.9

 

Permanent items

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

0.6

 

Tax credits

 

 

(2.1

)

 

 

(3.4

)

 

 

(7.7

)

Tax reserves

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

(1.6

)

 

 

2.1

 

Deferred tax asset - stock compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.3

 

Impact of change in state tax laws and rates

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

2.8

 

Foreign taxes

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

(1.1

)

 

 

(3.8

)

Other

 

 

(0.8

)

 

 

1.1

 

 

 

(0.5

)

Effective tax rate

 

 

37.0

%

 

 

37.2

%

 

 

50.1

%

 

The tax effects of temporary differences are included in deferred tax accounts as follows:

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

January 31, 2015

 

 

 

Tax

Assets(a)

 

 

Tax

Liabilities(a)

 

 

Tax

Assets

 

 

Tax

Liabilities

 

Current deferred tax assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensated absences

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

962

 

 

$

 

Inventory costs and reserves capitalized for tax purposes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,726

 

 

 

 

Insurance reserves

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,790

 

 

 

 

Prepaid and other items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,562

 

Sales return reserves

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,632

 

 

 

 

Reserves

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,043

 

 

 

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,680

 

 

 

 

Employee benefit accrual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,170

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

391

 

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,603

)

 

 

 

Total current deferred tax assets and liabilities

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

48,791

 

 

$

11,562

 

Non-current deferred tax assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment basis adjustments

 

$

 

 

$

161,380

 

 

$

 

 

$

141,042

 

Deferred rent

 

 

35,299

 

 

 

 

 

 

33,803

 

 

 

 

Intangibles—long-lived

 

 

 

 

 

92,559

 

 

 

 

 

 

103,184

 

Intangibles—indefinite-lived

 

 

 

 

 

94,315

 

 

 

 

 

 

93,974

 

Incidental supplies

 

 

 

 

 

12,519

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance reserves

 

 

23,365

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,196

 

 

 

 

Employee benefit compensation

 

 

17,649

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,661

 

 

 

 

State net operating losses (net of federal benefit)

 

 

9,270

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,132

 

 

 

 

Inventory costs and reserves capitalized for tax purposes

 

 

15,245

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Landlord allowances

 

 

39,463

 

 

 

 

 

 

35,335

 

 

 

 

Accrued interest

 

 

4,174

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,746

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

13,589

 

 

 

2,897

 

 

 

6,969

 

 

 

 

Reserves

 

 

12,019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax credits

 

 

4,760

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,048

 

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(12,858

)

 

 

 

 

 

(9,050

)

 

 

 

Total non-current deferred tax assets and liabilities

 

$

161,975

 

 

$

363,670

 

 

$

103,840

 

 

$

338,200

 

Net deferred tax liability

 

 

 

 

 

$

201,695

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

197,131

 

 

(a)

The amounts presented in the table above are reflective of the prospective adoption of ASU 2015-17, which calls for the presentation of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as non-current.  Prior period amounts have not been retrospectively

75


 

adjusted to reflect the adoption of this ASU. Refer to Note 2, “Recent Accounting Pronouncements,” for further discussion related to this ASU.  

 

As of January 30, 2016, the Company had available $134.1 million and $6.8 million of state and Puerto Rico net operating losses, respectively, that can be carried forward to future years. The Company has $7.5 million of deferred tax assets recorded for state net operating losses which will expire at various dates between 2016 and 2037. In addition, as of January 30, 2016, the Company had $1.7 million of deferred tax assets recorded for Puerto Rico net operating loss carry forwards that will begin to expire in 2019. As of January 30, 2016, the Company had tax credit carry forwards that included $5.4 million of state credits that will begin to expire in 2023 and $1.3 million of Puerto Rico alternative minimum tax (AMT) credits that have an indefinite life.

We believe that it is more likely than not that the benefit from certain state net operating loss carry forwards and credits will not be realized. In recognition of this risk, we have provided a valuation allowance of $5.8 million on state net operating losses and $2.0 million on state tax credit carry forwards. In addition, the Company believes that it is more likely than not that the benefit from Puerto Rico deferred tax assets, including net operating loss carry forwards and credit carry forwards, will not be realized. We have provided for a full valuation allowance of $5.1 million on Puerto Rico deferred tax assets. If our assumptions change and we determine we will be able to realize these net operating losses or the credits, the tax benefits relating to any reversal of the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets as of January 30, 2016, will be recorded to the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations. The valuation allowance increased by $2.2 million and $1.6 million during each of the years ended January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, respectively, primarily due to increase in the Puerto Rico deferred tax assets that will more likely than not, not be realized.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits (exclusive of interest and penalties) is as follows:

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Gross

Unrecognized

Tax Benefits,

Exclusive of

Interest and

Penalties

 

Balance at February 2, 2013

 

$

16,924

 

Additions for tax positions of the current year

 

 

 

Additions for tax positions of prior years

 

 

 

Reduction for tax positions of prior years

 

 

(1,524

)

Settlements

 

 

 

Lapse of statute of limitations

 

 

(128

)

Balance at February 1, 2014

 

$

15,272

 

Additions for tax positions of the current year

 

 

44

 

Additions for tax positions of prior years

 

 

252

 

Reduction for tax positions of prior years

 

 

(1,524

)

Settlements

 

 

 

Lapse of statute of limitations

 

 

(2,314

)

Balance at January 31, 2015

 

$

11,730

 

Additions for tax positions of the current year

 

 

122

 

Additions for tax positions of prior years

 

 

250

 

Reduction for tax positions of prior years

 

 

(1,524

)

Settlements

 

 

 

Lapse of statute of limitations

 

 

 

Balance at January 30, 2016

 

$

10,578

 

 

As of January 30, 2016, the Company reported total unrecognized benefits of $10.6 million, of which $6.1 million would affect the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized. As a result of previous positions taken, the Company recorded an increase of $1.3 million of interest and penalties during Fiscal 2015 in the line item “Income tax expense” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Cumulative interest and penalties of $13.4 million are recorded in the line item “Other liabilities” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as part of income taxes. Within the next twelve months, the Company does not expect any significant changes in its unrecognized tax benefits.

76


 

As of January 31, 2015, the Company reported total unrecognized benefits of $11.7 million, of which $5.8 million would affect the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized. As a result of previous positions taken, the Company recorded an increase of $0.4 million of interest and penalties during Fiscal 2014 in the line item “Income tax expense” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Cumulative interest and penalties of $12.1 million are recorded in the line item “Other liabilities” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The Company files tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, Puerto Rico and various state jurisdictions. The Company is open to examination by the IRS under the applicable statutes of limitations for Fiscal Years 2013 through 2015. The Company or its subsidiaries’ state and Puerto Rico income tax returns are open to audit for Fiscal Years 2010 through 2015, with a few exceptions, under the applicable statutes of limitations. There are ongoing federal and state audits in several jurisdictions and the Company has accrued for possible exposures as required under Topic No. 740. The settlement of these audits will not have a material impact to the financial results of the Company.

 

 

16. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company accounts for fair value measurements in accordance with Topic No. 820 which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measurement and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. Topic No. 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price), and classifies the inputs used to measure fair value into the following hierarchy:

 

Level 1:

 

Quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

 

 

Level 2:

 

Quoted market prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations whose inputs are observable or whose significant value drivers are observable.

 

 

 

Level 3:

 

Pricing inputs that are unobservable for the assets and liabilities and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the assets and liabilities.

The inputs into the determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation.

The carrying amounts of cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

Refer to Note 8, “Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” for further discussion regarding the fair value of the Company’s interest rate cap contracts.

Financial Assets

The fair values of the Company’s financial assets and the hierarchy of the level of inputs as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015 are summarized below:

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at

 

 

 

January 30,

 

 

January 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash equivalents (including restricted cash)

 

$

28,114

 

 

$

28,094

 

 

77


 

Financial Liabilities

The fair values of the Company’s financial liabilities are summarized below:

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

January 30, 2016

 

 

January 31, 2015

 

 

 

Carrying

Amount (b)

 

 

Fair

Value (b)

 

 

Carrying

Amount (b)

 

 

Fair

Value (b)

 

$1,200,000 senior secured term loan facility

   (Term B-3 Loans), LIBOR (with a floor of 1.0%)

   plus 3.25%, matures on August 13, 2021

 

$

1,112,575

 

 

$

1,107,921

 

 

$

1,161,541

 

 

$

1,150,410

 

$600,000 ABL senior secured revolving facility,

   LIBOR plus spread based on average outstanding

   balance, matures August 13, 2019(a)

 

 

167,400

 

 

 

167,400

 

 

 

63,300

 

 

 

63,300

 

Total debt

 

$

1,279,975

 

 

$

1,275,321

 

 

$

1,224,841

 

 

$

1,213,710

 

 

(a)

To the extent the Company has any outstanding borrowings under the ABL Line of Credit, the fair value would approximate its reported value because the interest rate is variable and reflects current market rates due to its short term nature (borrowings are typically done in 30 day increments).

(b)

Capital lease obligations are excluded from the table above.

The fair values presented herein are based on pertinent information available to management as of the respective year end dates. The estimated fair values of the Company’s debt are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. Although management is not aware of any factors that could significantly affect the estimated fair value amounts, such amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these financial statements since that date, and current estimates of fair value may differ from amounts presented herein.

 

 

17. Commitments and Contingencies

Legal

The Company establishes accruals relating to legal claims, in connection with litigation to which the Company is party from time to time in the ordinary course of business.  Like many retailers, the Company has been named in class or collective actions on behalf of various groups alleging violations of federal and state wage and hour and other labor statutes, and alleged violation of state consumer and/or privacy protection statutes. In the normal course of business, we are also party to various other lawsuits and regulatory proceedings including, among others, commercial, product, product safety, employee, customer, intellectual property and other claims. Actions against us are in various procedural stages. Many of these proceedings raise factual and legal issues and are subject to uncertainties. To determine the likelihood of a loss and/or the measurement of any loss can be complex. Consequently, we are unable to estimate the range of reasonably possible loss in excess of amounts accrued. Our assessments are based on estimates and assumptions that have been deemed reasonable by management, but the assessment process relies heavily on estimates and assumptions that may prove to be incomplete or inaccurate, and unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that might cause us to change those estimates and assumptions. The ultimate outcome of these cases could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.

In the matter of Burlington Coat Factory Song Beverly Cases which is currently pending in the Superior Court of the State of California, Complex Division, County of Orange (Case No. JCCP No. 4681), plaintiff, on behalf of herself and others similarly situated, alleges that the Company is in violation of the Song Beverly Credit Card Act of 1971, California Civil Code section 1747.08 for collecting personal information from customers in connection with the use of credit cards by such customers to pay for merchandise at the Company’s stores. At trial held in January 2015, the Superior Court held that the Company was in violation of California law.

In October 2015, the Company entered into a settlement agreement providing for a maximum settlement payment of $29.4 million (including attorneys’ fees and claims administration fees).  On November 6, 2015, the court granted preliminary approval for the settlement and authorized the parties to provide a notice to class members about the settlement.  Because of the claims-made aspect of the settlement, it is likely that a significant portion of the total settlement amount will go unclaimed and remain the property of the Company, thereby causing it to pay less than $29.4 million under the settlement.  

This settlement, if it is approved by the Court, will result in the dismissal of all Song-Beverly claims that arose through January 28, 2015 (except for those class members who opt out of the settlement).   If this settlement is rejected by the Court, the

78


 

parties will likely return to the litigation of both lawsuits, and, in such event, the Company cannot predict the outcome of these matters, and cannot predict whether or not the outcome will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

Letters of Credit

The Company had irrevocable letters of credit in the amounts of $41.3 million and $48.1 million as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, respectively.

Letters of credit outstanding as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015 amounted to $32.2 million and $33.4 million, respectively, guaranteeing performance under various lease agreements, insurance contracts, and utility agreements. The Company also had outstanding letters of credit arrangements in the aggregate amount of $9.1 million and $14.7 million at January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, respectively, related to certain merchandising agreements. Based on the terms of the credit agreement relating to the ABL Line of Credit, the Company had available letters of credit of $335.4 million and $386.9 million as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, respectively.

Inventory Purchase Commitments

The Company had $623.0 million of purchase commitments related to goods that were not received as of January 30, 2016.

Death Benefits

In November of 2005, the Company entered into agreements with three of the Company’s former executives whereby upon each of their deaths, the Company will pay $1.0 million to each respective designated beneficiary.

 

 

18. Related Party Transactions

In connection with the purchase of the Company by Bain Capital in April of 2006, the Company entered into an advisory agreement with Bain Capital (the Advisory Agreement) pursuant to which Bain Capital provided management, consulting, financial and other advisory services. The Advisory Agreement had a 10-year initial term, and thereafter was subject to automatic one-year extensions unless the Company or Bain Capital provides written notice of termination, except that the agreement terminated automatically upon an initial public offering or a change of control of the Company. If the Advisory Agreement was terminated early, Bain Capital would be entitled to receive all unpaid fees and unreimbursed out-of-pocket expenses, as well as the present value of the periodic fee that would otherwise have been payable through the end of the 10-year term. The Advisory Agreement was terminated on October 2, 2013 in connection with the Offering and, in accordance with the termination of the Advisory Agreement, Bain Capital was paid a fee of $10.1 million which is included in the line item “Costs related to debt amendments, secondary offerings, termination of advisory agreement and other” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Prior to the termination of the Advisory Agreement, Bain Capital was paid a periodic fee of $1.0 million per fiscal quarter plus reimbursement for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, and a fee equal to 1% of the transaction value of certain financing, acquisition, disposition or change of control or similar transactions by or involving the Company. During Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014 fees paid to Bain Capital, representing reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses, amounted to $0.1 million and $0.2 million. During Fiscal 2013, fees paid to Bain Capital, primarily representing the quarterly fee, amounted to $2.9 million, exclusive of the $10.1 million termination fee. These amounts are recorded in the line item “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The brother-in-law of one of the Company’s Executive Vice Presidents is an independent sales representative of one of the Company’s suppliers of merchandise inventory. This relationship predated the commencement of the Executive Vice President’s employment with the Company. The Company has determined that the dollar amount of purchases through such supplier represents an insignificant amount of its inventory purchases.

 

 

79


 

19. Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

In the opinion of the Company’s management, the accompanying unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements contain all adjustments which are necessary for a fair presentation of the quarters presented. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results of any future quarter.

 

 

 

(in thousands, except share data)

 

Year ended January 31, 2016:

 

Quarter Ended

 

 

 

May 2,

2015

 

 

August 1,

2015

 

 

October 31,

2015

 

 

January 30,

2016

 

Net sales

 

$

1,183,059

 

 

$

1,144,218

 

 

$

1,230,886

 

 

$

1,540,769

 

Gross margin(1)(2)

 

$

470,129

 

 

$

448,303

 

 

$

489,302

 

 

$

631,557

 

Net income (4)

 

$

25,695

 

 

$

10,900

 

 

$

15,116

 

 

$

98,771

 

Net income per share—basic(5):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stockholders

 

$

0.34

 

 

$

0.14

 

 

$

0.20

 

 

$

1.37

 

Net income per share—diluted(5):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stockholders

 

$

0.34

 

 

$

0.14

 

 

$

0.20

 

 

$

1.35

 

 

 

 

(in thousands, except share data)

 

Year ended January 31, 2015:

 

Quarter Ended

 

 

 

May 3,

2014

 

 

August 2,

2014

 

 

November 1,

2014

 

 

January 31,

2015

 

Net sales

 

$

1,128,269

 

 

$

1,043,581

 

 

$

1,157,292

 

 

$

1,485,362

 

Gross margin(1)(2)

 

$

429,808

 

 

$

398,554

 

 

$

458,702

 

 

$

626,621

 

Net income (loss)(3)(4)

 

$

11,774

 

 

$

(6,470

)

 

$

(34,214

)

 

$

94,865

 

Net income (loss) per share—basic(5):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stockholders

 

$

0.16

 

 

$

(0.09

)

 

$

(0.46

)

 

$

1.27

 

Net income (loss) per share—diluted(5):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stockholders

 

$

0.16

 

 

$

(0.09

)

 

$

(0.46

)

 

$

1.24

 

 

 

(1)

Gross margin is equal to net sales less cost of sales.

(2)

Gross margin for the quarterly period ended January 30, 2016 is inclusive of a loss related to inventory shrinkage adjustments of $3.5 million as a result of actual shrink being more than what the Company had estimated. Gross margin for the quarterly period ended January 31, 2015 is inclusive of gains related to inventory shrinkage adjustments of $10.0 million as a result of actual shrink being less than what the Company had estimated.

(3)

Net income (loss) for the quarter ended November 1, 2014 includes a loss of $70.3 million from the extinguishment of debt. Refer to Note 7, “Long Term Debt,” for additional details.

(4)

Net income for the quarters ended January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015 includes $5.6 million and $9.3 million, respectively, of charges related to certain ongoing litigation matters. Refer to Note 17, “Commitments and Contingencies,” for discussion on the Company’s legal matters.

(5)

Quarterly income (loss) per share results may not equal full year amounts due to rounding.

 

 

80


 

Schedule I

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

OF REGISTRANT

Parent Company Information

Burlington Stores, Inc.

Balance Sheets

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

January 30,

2016

 

 

January 31,

2015

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

$

24

 

 

$

1,504

 

Total assets

 

$

24

 

 

$

1,504

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

$

 

 

$

 

Negative investment in subsidiaries

 

 

99,046

 

 

 

67,455

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

 

 

(99,022

)

 

 

(65,951

)

Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

 

$

24

 

 

$

1,504

 

 

See Accompanying Notes to Condensed Financial Statements

 

81


 

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

OF REGISTRANT

Parent Company Information

Burlington Stores, Inc.

Statements of Operations

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended

 

 

 

January 30,

2016

 

 

January 31,

2015

 

 

February 1,

2014

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

REVENUES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenue

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

COSTS AND EXPENSES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from equity investment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before provision for income tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for income tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings from equity investment, net of income taxes

 

$

150,482

 

 

$

65,955

 

 

$

16,150

 

Net income

 

$

150,482

 

 

$

65,955

 

 

$

16,150

 

Total comprehensive income

 

$

150,482

 

 

$

65,955

 

 

$

16,150

 

 

See Accompanying Notes to Condensed Financial Statements

 

82


 

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

OF REGISTRANT

Parent Company Information

Burlington Stores, Inc.

Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended

 

 

 

January 30,

2016

 

 

January 31,

2015

 

 

February 1,

2014

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operations

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receipt of dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from initial public offering

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

260,667

 

Offering costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(23,747

)

Receipt of dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

336,000

 

Payment of dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(336,000

)

Purchase of treasury shares

 

 

(201,670

)

 

 

(3,933

)

 

 

 

Intercompany financing transactions

 

 

198,090

 

 

 

(600

)

 

 

(236,920

)

Proceeds from stock option exercises

 

 

2,100

 

 

 

2,514

 

 

 

2,527

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

 

(1,480

)

 

 

(2,019

)

 

 

2,527

 

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(1,480

)

 

 

(2,019

)

 

 

2,527

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

1,504

 

 

 

3,523

 

 

 

996

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

24

 

 

$

1,504

 

 

$

3,523

 

 

See Accompanying Notes to Condensed Financial Statements

 

83


 

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

OF REGISTRANT

Parent Company Information

Burlington Stores, Inc.

Note 1. Basis of Presentation

Burlington Stores, Inc. (the Parent Company) is a holding company that conducts substantially all of its business operations through its subsidiaries. The Parent Company’s ability to pay dividends on Parent Company’s common stock will be limited by restrictions on the ability of Parent Company’s subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions under the terms of current and future agreements governing the indebtedness of Parent Company’s subsidiaries, so long as the pro forma consolidated secured leverage ratio of Parent Company’s subsidiaries does not exceed 3.50 to 1.00.

The accompanying Condensed Financial Statements include the accounts of the Parent Company and, on an equity basis, its subsidiaries and affiliates. Accordingly, these Condensed Financial Statements have been presented on a “parent-only” basis. Under a parent-only presentation, the Parent Company’s investments in its consolidated subsidiaries are presented under the equity method of accounting. These parent-only financial statements should be read in conjunction with Burlington Stores, Inc. audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere herein.

Note 2. Dividends

As discussed above, payment of dividends is prohibited under the credit agreements of Parent Company’s subsidiaries, except in limited circumstances. Dividends equal to $336.0 million were paid during Fiscal 2013. During Fiscal 2013, the Company used the net proceeds from the offering of the 9.00%/9.75% Senior Notes due 2018 issued by Burlington Holdings, LLC (Holdings LLC) and Burlington Holdings Finance, Inc. (Holdco Notes) to pay a special cash dividend of $336.0 million to the Class A and Class L stockholders on a pro rata basis. The dividend was approved by the Parent Company’s Board of Directors in February 2013.

Note 3. Stock-Based Compensation

Non-cash stock compensation expense of $11.2 million, $6.3 million and $10.2 million has been pushed down to Parent Company’s subsidiaries for Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively. The excess tax benefit from stock based compensation of $11.9 million and $15.5 million has been pushed down to Parent Company’s subsidiaries for Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, respectively. There was no excess tax benefit from stock based compensation for Fiscal 2013.

 

 

84


 

BURLINGTON STORES, INC.

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

(All amounts in thousands)

 

Description

 

Balance at

Beginning

of Period

 

 

Charged

to Costs &

Expenses

 

 

Charged

to Other

Accounts(1)

 

 

Accounts

Written Off

or

Deductions(2)

 

 

Balance at

End of

Period

 

Year ended January 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

111

 

 

$

740

 

 

$

 

 

$

579

 

 

$

272

 

Sales reserves

 

$

3,052

 

 

$

(317

)

 

$

313,737

 

 

$

313,208

 

 

$

3,264

 

Valuation allowances on deferred tax assets

 

$

10,653

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,205

 

 

$

 

 

$

12,858

 

Year ended January 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

109

 

 

$

344

 

 

$

 

 

$

342

 

 

$

111

 

Sales reserves

 

$

2,604

 

 

$

(672

)

 

$

304,577

 

 

$

303,457

 

 

$

3,052

 

Valuation allowances on deferred tax assets

 

$

9,108

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,545

 

 

$

 

 

$

10,653

 

Year ended February 1, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

81

 

 

$

304

 

 

$

 

 

$

276

 

 

$

109

 

Sales reserves

 

$

2,774

 

 

$

256

 

 

$

295,107

 

 

$

295,533

 

 

$

2,604

 

Valuation allowances on deferred tax assets

 

$

7,882

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,226

 

 

$

 

 

$

9,108

 

 

Notes:

 

 

(1)

Amounts related to sales reserves are charged to merchandise sales and amounts related to valuation allowances on deferred taxes are charged to income tax expense.

(2)

Actual returns and allowances.

 

 

85


 

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure  

None.

Item  9A.

Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management team, under the supervision and with the participation of our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act), as of the last day of the fiscal period covered by this report, January 30, 2016. The term disclosure controls and procedures means our controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our principal executive and principal financial officer, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of January 30, 2016.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and Rule 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the issuer’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the issuer’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

·

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the issuer;

 

·

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the issuer are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the issuer; and

 

·

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the issuer’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In accordance with the internal control reporting requirement of the SEC, management completed an assessment of the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting as of January 30, 2016. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013).

Based on this assessment and the criteria in the COSO framework, management has concluded that, as of January 30, 2016, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.

Deloitte & Touche LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited and reported on our consolidated financial statements contained herein, has audited the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of January 30, 2016, and has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting included herein.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2015, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

86


 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Burlington Stores, Inc.

Burlington, New Jersey

 

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Burlington Stores, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of January 30, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company's board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 30, 2016, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules as of and for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 of the Company and our report dated March 15, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and financial statement schedules.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Parsippany, New Jersey

March 15, 2016

 

87


 

Item 9B.

Other Information.  

None.

Part III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

For the information required by this Item 10, see “Election of Directors,” “Executive Officers of the Company,” “Corporate Governance,” “Board Committees,” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Proxy Statement for our 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Annual Meeting”), which information is incorporated herein by reference. The Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting (the “Proxy Statement”) will be filed within 120 days of the close of our 2015 fiscal year.

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

For the information required by this Item 11, see “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation” in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

For the information required by this Item 12, see “Ownership of Securities” and “Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans” in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

For the information required by this Item 13, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Corporate Governance” in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

For the information required by this Item 14, see “Principal Accountant Fees and Services” and “Policy on Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of Independent Registered Certified Public Accounting Firm” in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

88


 

PART IV

Item  15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a)

Documents Filed as Part of this Report

(1) Financial Statements. The Consolidated Financial Statements filed as part of this Report are listed on the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 43 of this Report.

(2) Financial Statement Schedules. Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant is set forth on pages 81-84. Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts filed as part of this Report is set forth on page 85 of this Report. All other financial statement schedules have been omitted here because they are not applicable, not required, or the information is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.

(3) Exhibits Required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K.

The following is a list of exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K and filed as part of this Report. Exhibits that previously have been filed are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Exhibit

No.

 

Description

 

 

 

    3.1(21)

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Burlington Stores, Inc.

 

 

 

    3.2(21)

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Burlington Stores, Inc.

 

 

 

  10.1(10)

 

Credit Agreement, dated February 24, 2011, among Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation, Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc., the facility guarantors signatory thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and as collateral agent, the lenders party thereto, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, as joint bookrunners and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as joint arrangers.

 

 

 

  10.1.1(14)

 

Amendment No. 1, dated May 16, 2012, to the Credit Agreement, dated February 24, 2011, among Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation, Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc., the facility guarantors signatory thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and as collateral agent, the lenders party thereto, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, as joint bookrunners and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as joint arrangers.

 

 

 

  10.1.2(15)

 

Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement, dated February 15, 2013, by and among Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation, the facility guarantors signatory thereto, each lender party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

 

 

 

  10.1.3(16)

 

Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement, dated May 17, 2013, by and among Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation, the facility guarantors signatory thereto, each lender party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

 

 

 

  10.1.4(24)

 

Amendment No. 4 to the Credit Agreement, dated August 13, 2014, by and among Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation, the facility guarantors signatory thereto, each lender party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

 

 

 

  10.2(10)

 

First Amendment, dated February 24, 2011, to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2010, among Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation, as Lead Borrower, the Borrowers and the Facility Guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent, the Lenders party thereto, Wells Fargo Retail Finance, LLC and Regions Bank, as Co-Syndication Agent, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and UBS Securities LLC, as Co-Documentation Agents and General Electric Capital Corporation, US Bank, National Association and Suntrust Bank as Senior Managing Agents.

 

 

 

  10.3(12)

 

Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 2, 2011, among Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation, as Lead Borrower, the Borrowers and the Facility Guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent, the Lenders party thereto, Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as co-syndication agents, and Suntrust Bank and U.S. Bank, National Association, as co-documentation agents.

89


 

Exhibit

No.

 

Description

 

 

 

  10.3.1(24)

 

First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2014, by and among Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation, as lead borrower, the other borrowers signatory thereto, the facility guarantors signatory thereto, each lender party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

 

 

 

  10.4(1)

 

Revolving Credit Note, dated as of April 13, 2006, by the Borrowers party thereto in favor of PNC Bank, National Association.

 

 

 

  10.5(1)

 

Revolving Credit Note, dated as of April 13, 2006, by the Borrowers party thereto in favor of Siemens Financial Services, Inc.

 

 

 

  10.6(8)

 

Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note, dated January 15, 2010, by the Borrowers party thereto in favor of Wells Fargo Retail Finance, LLC.

 

 

 

  10.7(1)

 

Revolving Credit Note, dated as of April 13, 2006, by the Borrowers party thereto in favor of National City Business Credit, Inc.

 

 

 

  10.8(1)

 

Revolving Credit Note, dated as of April 13, 2006, by the Borrowers party thereto in favor of Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania.

 

 

 

  10.9(1)

 

Revolving Credit Note, dated as of April 13, 2006, by the Borrowers party thereto in favor of HSBC Business Credit (USA), Inc.

 

 

 

  10.10(1)

 

Revolving Credit Note, dated as of April 13, 2006, by the Borrowers party thereto in favor of Sovereign Bank.

 

 

 

  10.11(8)

 

Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note, dated January 15, 2010, by the Borrowers party thereto in favor of Capital One Leverage Finance Corp.

 

 

 

  10.12(1)

 

Form of Swingline Note.

 

 

 

  10.13(1)

 

Guaranty, dated as of April 13, 2006, by the Facility Guarantors party thereto in favor of Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent.

 

 

 

  10.14(1)

 

Security Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2006, by and among each of the Borrowers party thereto, each of the Facility Guarantors party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent.

 

 

 

  10.15(1)

 

Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2006, by and among each of the Borrowers party thereto, each of the Facility Guarantors party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent.

 

 

 

  10.16(1)

 

Pledge Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2006, by and between Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc., Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc., Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation, Burlington Coat Factory Realty Corp., Burlington Coat Factory Purchasing, Inc., K&T Acquisition Corp., Burlington Coat Factory of New York, LLC, Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Baytown, Inc., Burlington Coat Factory of Texas, Inc., as the Pledgors, and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent.

 

 

 

10.17+(8)

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of October 13, 2009, by and between Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and Joyce Manning Magrini.

 

 

 

  10.17.1+(8)

 

Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated February 26, 2010, by and between Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and Joyce Manning Magrini.

 

 

 

10.17.2+(19)

 

Amendment No. 2 to Employment Agreement, dated as of October 18, 2012, by and between Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and Joyce Manning Magrini.

 

 

 

  10.18+(4)

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2008, by and among Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation, Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc., and Thomas A. Kingsbury.

 

 

 

  10.18.1+(19)

 

Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement, dated as of October 23, 2012, by and among Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation, Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc., and Thomas A. Kingsbury.

 

 

 

  10.18.2+(25)

 

Amendment No. 2 to Employment Agreement, dated as of December 8, 2014, by and among Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation, Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, LLC, Burlington Stores, Inc. and Thomas Kingsbury.

 

 

 

  10.18.3+(11)

 

Amendment No. 3 to Employment Agreement, dated as of May 18, 2015, by and among Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation, Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, LLC, Burlington Stores, Inc. and Thomas Kingsbury.

90


 

Exhibit

No.

 

Description

 

 

 

10.18.4+(2)

 

Amendment No. 4 to Employment Agreement, dated as of May 29, 2015, by and among Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation, Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, LLC, Burlington Stores, Inc. and Thomas Kingsbury.

 

 

 

  10.18.5+(7)

 

Amendment No. 5 to Employment Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2015, by and among Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation, Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, LLC, Burlington Stores, Inc. and Thomas Kingsbury.

 

 

 

  10.19+(9)

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2008, by and between Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and Fred Hand.

 

 

 

  10.19.1+(20)

 

Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2012, by and between Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and Fred Hand.

 

 

 

  10.20+(13)

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of May 12, 2011, by and between Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and Hobart P. Sichel.

 

 

 

  10.20.1+(17)

 

Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2012, by and between Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and Hobart P. Sichel.

 

 

 

  10.21+(17)

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of March 12, 2012, by and between Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and Paul Metcalf.

 

 

 

  10.21.1+(17)

 

Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2012, by and between Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and Paul Metcalf.

 

 

 

  10.21.2+(26)

 

Amendment No. 2 to Employment Agreement dated as of June 23, 2014, by and between Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and Paul Metcalf.

 

 

 

  10.22+(3)

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of June 26, 2008, by and between Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and Marc Katz.

 

 

 

  10.22.1+(20)

 

Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement, dated as of October 16, 2012, by and between Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and Marc Katz.

 

 

 

  10.23+(1)

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2006, by and between Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and Paul Tang.

 

 

 

  10.23.1+(20)

 

Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement, dated as of July 17, 2007, by and between Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and Paul Tang.

 

 

 

  10.23.2+(20)

 

Amendment No. 2 to Employment Agreement, dated as of December 7, 2012, by and between Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and Paul Tang.

 

 

 

  10.24+(17)

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2009, by and between Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and Michael Metheny.

 

 

 

  10.24.1+(17)

 

Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement, dated as of August 20, 2012, by and between Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and Michael Metheny.

 

 

 

  10.25+(5)

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc. and Employees with Employment Agreements (for grants made after March 2009 and prior to 2014 (other than 2013 special one-time grants)) pursuant to 2006 Management Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

  10.26+(5)

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc. and Employees without Employment Agreements (for grants made after March 2009 and prior to 2014 (other than 2013 special one-time grants)) pursuant to 2006 Management Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

  10.27+(5)

 

Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement between Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc. and Employees with Employment Agreements (for grants made after March 2009 and prior to 2014) pursuant to 2006 Management Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

  10.28+(5)

 

Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement between Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc. and Employees without Employment Agreements (for grants made after March 2009 and prior to 2014) pursuant to 2006 Management Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

  10.29+(20)

 

Burlington Holdings, Inc. 2006 Management Incentive Plan (Amended and Restated June 15, 2013).

91


 

Exhibit

No.

 

Description

 

 

 

  10.30(21)

 

Form of Directors and Officers Indemnification Agreement.

 

 

 

  10.31+(22)

 

Burlington Stores, Inc. 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

  10.32+(20)

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, pursuant to 2006 Management Incentive Plan, between Burlington Holdings, Inc. and Employees with Employment Agreements (for 2013 special one-time grants).

 

 

 

  10.33+(20)

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, pursuant to 2006 Management Incentive Plan, between Burlington Holdings, Inc. and Employees without Employment Agreements (for 2013 special one-time grants).

 

 

 

  10.34+(20)

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, pursuant to 2006 Management Incentive Plan, dated as of June 17, 2013, between Burlington Holdings, Inc. and Thomas A. Kingsbury (for 2013 special one-time grant).

 

 

 

  10.35(23)

 

Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement among Burlington Stores, Inc. and the Investors and Managers named therein dated as of March 13, 2014.

 

 

 

  10.35.1(26)

 

Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2014.

 

 

 

  10.35.2(6)

 

Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of December 5, 2014.

 

 

 

  10.36+(6)

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2014, by and between Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and Eric Seeger.

 

 

 

  10.37+(6)

 

Restricted Stock Grant Agreement between Burlington Stores, Inc. and Thomas Kingsbury dated December 15, 2014.

 

 

 

  10.38+(6)

 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement between Burlington Stores, Inc. and Independent Directors

 

 

 

  10.39+(6)

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between Burlington Stores, Inc. and Employees with Employment Agreements (for grants made after 2013 and before December 2015) pursuant to 2006 Management Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

  10.40+(6)

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between Burlington Stores, Inc. and Employees without Employment Agreements (for grants made after 2013 and before December 2015) pursuant to 2006 Management Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

  10.41+(6)

 

Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement between Burlington Stores, Inc. and Employees with Employment Agreements (for grants made after 2013 and before December 2015) pursuant to 2006 Management Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

  10.42+(6)

 

Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement between Burlington Stores, Inc. and Employees without Employment Agreements (for grants made after 2013 and before December 2015) pursuant to 2006 Management Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

  10.43+(11)

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2015, by and among Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and Janet Dhillon.

 

  10.44+(11)

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2015, by and among Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and Jennifer Vecchio.

 

  10.45+†

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between Burlington Stores, Inc. and Employees with Employment Agreements pursuant to 2006 Management Incentive Plan (for grants made after from and after December 2015).

 

  10.46+†

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between Burlington Stores, Inc. and Employees without Employment Agreements pursuant to 2006 Management Incentive Plan (for grants made after from and after December 2015).

 

  10.47+†

 

Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement between Burlington Stores, Inc. and Employees with Employment Agreements pursuant to 2006 Management Incentive Plan (for grants made after from and after December 2015).

 

  10.48+†

 

Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement between Burlington Stores, Inc. and Employees without Employment Agreements pursuant to 2006 Management Incentive Plan (for grants made after from and after December 2015).

 

  10.49+†

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between Burlington Stores, Inc. and Employees with Employment Agreements pursuant to 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

 

  10.50+†

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between Burlington Stores, Inc. and Employees without Employment Agreements pursuant to 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

 

92


 

Exhibit

No.

 

Description

  10.51+†

 

Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement between Burlington Stores, Inc. and Employees with Employment Agreements pursuant to 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

 

  10.52+†

 

Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement between Burlington Stores, Inc. and Employees without Employment Agreements pursuant to 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

 

  21.1†

 

List of Subsidiaries of Burlington Stores, Inc.

 

 

 

  23.1†

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

 

 

 

  31.1†

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

  31.2†

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

  32.1†

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

  32.2†

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

101.INS†

 

XBRL Instance Document

 

 

 

101.SCH†

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

 

 

101.CAL†

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

101.DEF†

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

 

 

101.LAB†

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

 

 

101.PRE†

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

Filed herewith.

+

Management Contract or Compensatory Plan or Arrangement.

(1)

Incorporated by reference to Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, No. 333-137916, filed on October 10, 2006.

(2)

Incorporated by reference to Burlington Stores, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 1, 2015.

(3)

Incorporated by reference to Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 27, 2008.

(4)

Incorporated by reference to Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2009 filed on April 14, 2009.

(5)

Incorporated by reference to Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 30, 2009.

(6)

Incorporated by reference to Burlington Stores, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 filed on March 25, 2015.

(7)

Incorporated by reference to Burlington Stores, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 7, 2015.

(8)

Incorporated by reference to Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc.’s Transition Report on Form 10-K/T for the transition period ended January 30, 2010 filed on April 30, 2010.

(9)

Incorporated by reference to Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 1, 2008 filed on April 15, 2008.

(10)

Incorporated by reference to Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 24, 2011.

(11)

Incorporated by reference to Burlington Stores, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 1, 2015 filed on August 31, 2015.

(12)

Incorporated by reference to Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 9, 2011.

(13)

Incorporated by reference to Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2012 filed on April 20, 2012.

(14)

Incorporated by reference to Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 17, 2012.

93


 

(15)

Incorporated by reference to Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 21, 2013.  

(16)

Incorporated by reference to Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 22, 2013.

(17)

Incorporated by reference to Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2013 filed on April 26, 2013.

(18)

Reserved.

(19)

Incorporated by reference to Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 27, 2012 filed on December 11, 2012.

(20)

Incorporated by reference to Burlington Stores, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed on September 6, 2013.

(21)

Incorporated by reference to Burlington Stores, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed on September 10, 2013.

(22)

Incorporated by reference to Burlington Stores, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed on September 19, 2013.

(23)

Incorporated by reference to Burlington Stores, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 1, 2014 filed on March 31, 2014.

(24)

Incorporated by reference to Burlington Stores, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 18, 2014.

(25)

Incorporated by reference to Burlington Stores, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 9, 2014.

(26)

Incorporated by reference to Burlington Stores, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 2, 2014 filed on September 11, 2014.

 

 

94


 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

BURLINGTON STORES, INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ Thomas A. Kingsbury

 

 

Thomas A. Kingsbury

Chairman, President and

Chief Executive Officer

Date: March 15, 2016

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on the 15th day of March 2016.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

 

 

/s/ Thomas A. Kingsbury

 

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

Thomas A. Kingsbury

 

 

 

 

/s/ Marc Katz

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

Marc Katz

 

 

 

 

/s/ John Crimmins

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

John Crimmins

 

 

 

 

/s/ Joshua Bekenstein

 

Director

Joshua Bekenstein

 

 

 

 

/s/ Frank Cooper, III

 

Director

Frank Cooper, III

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jordan Hitch

 

Director

Jordan Hitch

 

 

 

 

/s/ John Mahoney

 

Director

John Mahoney

 

 

 

 

/s/ William McNamara

 

Director

William McNamara

 

 

 

 

/s/ Tricia Patrick

 

Director

Tricia Patrick

 

 

 

 

/s/ Paul Sullivan

 

Director

Paul Sullivan

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mary Ann Tocio

 

Director

Mary Ann Tocio

 

 

 

 

95


 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

 

Description

 

 

 

10.45

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between Burlington Stores, Inc. and Employees with Employment Agreements pursuant to 2006 Management Incentive Plan (for grants made after from and after December 2015).

 

 

 

10.46

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between Burlington Stores, Inc. and Employees without Employment Agreements pursuant to 2006 Management Incentive Plan (for grants made after from and after December 2015).

 

 

 

10.47

 

Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement between Burlington Stores, Inc. and Employees with Employment Agreements pursuant to 2006 Management Incentive Plan (for grants made after from and after December 2015).

 

 

 

10.48

 

Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement between Burlington Stores, Inc. and Employees without Employment Agreements pursuant to 2006 Management Incentive Plan (for grants made after from and after December 2015).

 

 

 

10.49

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between Burlington Stores, Inc. and Employees with Employment Agreements pursuant to 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

10.50

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between Burlington Stores, Inc. and Employees without Employment Agreements pursuant to 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

10.51

 

Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement between Burlington Stores, Inc. and Employees with Employment Agreements pursuant to 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

10.52

 

Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement between Burlington Stores, Inc. and Employees without Employment Agreements pursuant to 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

  21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries of Burlington Stores, Inc.

 

 

 

  23.1

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

 

 

 

  31.1

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

  31.2

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

  32.1

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

  32.2

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document

 

 

 

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

 

 

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

 

 

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

 

 

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

 

96